WO2023228998A1 - Cover member, container with cover member, combination of cover member and container, and method for producing cover member - Google Patents

Cover member, container with cover member, combination of cover member and container, and method for producing cover member Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023228998A1
WO2023228998A1 PCT/JP2023/019455 JP2023019455W WO2023228998A1 WO 2023228998 A1 WO2023228998 A1 WO 2023228998A1 JP 2023019455 W JP2023019455 W JP 2023019455W WO 2023228998 A1 WO2023228998 A1 WO 2023228998A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lid
container
small
opening
lid body
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/019455
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕義 林
Original Assignee
株式会社Ky7
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Ky7 filed Critical 株式会社Ky7
Priority to CN202380009763.XA priority Critical patent/CN117460679A/en
Publication of WO2023228998A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023228998A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D77/00—Packages formed by enclosing articles or materials in preformed containers, e.g. boxes, cartons, sacks or bags
    • B65D77/10—Container closures formed after filling
    • B65D77/20—Container closures formed after filling by applying separate lids or covers, i.e. flexible membrane or foil-like covers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a lid, a container with a lid, a combination of a lid and a container, and a method for manufacturing a lid.
  • contents food and beverages, etc. (hereinafter also referred to as “contents”) in a container with an opening at the top end, and then provide the container with the container closed by attaching a lid. There is.
  • the lid attached to the container is required to be made of paper-based material from the perspective of reducing environmental impact.
  • a method for attaching a lid to a container there is a known method (sealing method) in which the lid is bonded to the edge forming the outer periphery of the opening at the upper end of the container using a method such as a heat press.
  • a method for ingesting the contents stored in the lid there are known methods such as removing the lid and providing a tab as in the lid described in Patent Document 1.
  • the lid disclosed in Patent Document 1 is configured such that when the user pinches and pulls up the tab, a bell-shaped or gourd-shaped hole opens to form a drinking spout.
  • the method of attaching the lid to the container is to fit the structural part such as the bent part or the combination of the top part and the side wall part to the edge of the container.
  • a method (fitting method) is known in which the lid body is brought into contact with the edge forming the outer periphery of the opening at the upper end of the container by fitting the lid body together.
  • a method for forming such a lid a method is known in which a blank material for forming the lid is shaped.
  • a resin layer on the surface of the lid (on the surface facing the container, etc.).
  • a resin coat layer is usually formed on the surface of the container to make the container waterproof, and depending on the material of the resin material that makes up the resin layer, the adhesiveness with the resin that makes up the resin coat layer may be impaired. There is a risk that it will be difficult to adhere the container and the lid using the sealing method. Therefore, even if the types of resins constituting the resin coat layer formed on the surface of the container are diversified, there is still room for improvement in terms of making it possible to bond the container and the lid using a sealing method.
  • the lid body is formed of a paper-based material
  • the lid body forms a top surface, a curved part, and a side wall by shaping a blank material, it is necessary to form the side wall, the curved part, etc.
  • the shape will return to shape later due to the restoring force of the paper-based material. If the shape returns at a bend, etc., even if the lid is fitted onto the container, the contact between the lid and the container will loosen, creating a gap between the lid and the container, which may cause the contents of the container to There is a risk that it may spill out from the gap.
  • the present invention has been made in view of these problems, and is capable of suppressing moisture penetration into the fibers that make up the lid, and also makes it possible to suppress the penetration of moisture into the fibers that make up the lid.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a lid body, a container with a lid body, a combination of a lid body and a container, and a method for manufacturing the lid body, which can bond the container and the lid body using a sealing method even when the types of resins are diversified. shall be.
  • a further object of the present invention is to provide a lid, a container with a lid, a combination of the lid and the container, and a method for manufacturing the lid, which can prevent the blank from returning to its shape after being shaped. The purpose is to
  • the gist of the present invention is the inventions according to the following (1) to (21).
  • the lid body according to (3) above which has an inclined portion that has the circumferential surface portion of the penetrating portion as an end portion and slopes upward in a direction away from the end portion.
  • the lid according to (4) above wherein the density of the fibers constituting the fiber sheet in the inclined portion is higher at a position closer to the end of the inclined portion.
  • the lid area corresponding part is provided with a weakened part that guides the dividing position in the lid area compatible part, and the weakened part includes a plurality of the through parts and at least two of the through parts. and at least one continuous portion formed between the lids according to (3) above.
  • the lid according to (6) above, wherein the continuous portion has a half-cut structure.
  • the lid region corresponding portion includes a base portion having a small opening having a smaller opening area than the opening surrounded by the edge of the container, and a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening. a hinge portion connecting the base portion and the small lid portion; the small lid portion is configured to be rotatable with respect to the base portion around the hinge portion;
  • a knob is provided on the upper surface side of the small lid.
  • a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state in which the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge, the small lid A knob is provided on the upper surface side, a claw is provided on the knob, and an extension is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base, and the extension and the receiving part are connected to the holding structure.
  • the lid body according to (9) above which forms a lid.
  • the lid according to (1) above in which a raised portion is formed.
  • a container with a lid comprising the lid according to (1) above, and the container having the edge, the lid being joined to the container.
  • a combination of a lid and a container comprising the lid according to (1) above and the container having the edge.
  • (20) A method for manufacturing a lid body, comprising a dipping step of dipping a fiber sheet in a dipping liquid containing a resin material, and a drying step of drying the fiber sheet containing the dipping liquid.
  • (21) The method for manufacturing a lid body according to (20) above, wherein a shaping process is performed to shape the fiber sheet containing the immersion liquid during or before the drying process.
  • a lid body, a container with a lid body, a combination of a lid body and a container, and a manufacturing method of a lid body are provided.
  • the lid is formed by shaping a blank material, a lid, a container with a lid, and a combination of a lid and a container that can suppress the return of the shape after shaping the flank material; It also becomes possible to provide a method for manufacturing a lid body.
  • FIG. 1A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a longitudinal cross-section taken along the line AA in FIG. 1A.
  • FIG. 1C is a cross-sectional view showing a part of the peripheral surface of the penetrating portion.
  • FIGS. 2A and 2B are cross-sectional views showing an example of the inclined portion of the lid according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 1 of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3B is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 2 of the first embodiment.
  • 4A and 4B are plan views showing another example of the lid body according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 1A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a longitudinal cross-section taken along the line AA in FIG.
  • FIG. 5A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line BB in FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 6A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line CC in FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 7A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line DD in FIG. 7A.
  • FIG. 8A is a plan view showing an example of a lid according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line EE in FIG. 8A.
  • FIG. 9A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to modification 3 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line FF in FIG. 9A.
  • FIG. 9C is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the holding structure.
  • FIG. 10 is a plan view showing another example of the lid body according to the third modification of the second embodiment.
  • 11A and 11B are plan views showing another example of the lid body according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 11C is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line GG in FIG. 11B.
  • FIG. 12A is a plan view showing an example of the lid connection structure according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a half-cut portion.
  • FIG. 13A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 2 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line HH in FIG. 13A.
  • FIG. 14A is a plan view showing an example of a container with a lid.
  • FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line II in FIG.
  • FIG. 15A is a perspective view showing an example of the lid according to the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line NN in FIG. 15A.
  • FIG. 16A is a perspective view showing an example of the lid according to the sixth embodiment.
  • FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line JJ in FIG. 16A.
  • FIG. 17A is a perspective view showing an example of the lid according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line KK in FIG. 17A.
  • FIG. 18A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line LL in FIG. 18A8.
  • 19A and 19B are plan views showing an example of a blank material for a lid body according to Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 20A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to modification 4 of the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line MM in FIG. 20A.
  • FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing an example of a container with a lid.
  • the lid according to the present invention will be explained in detail based on the drawings.
  • the lid according to the present invention will be explained by taking as an example a lid used for a container (cup) for holding various beverages, such as a coffee cup, but it may also be used for a lid for a container for storing a beverage.
  • the invention is not limited to this, and can also be applied as a lid for a container containing foodstuffs other than beverages.
  • the lid according to the present invention can also be applied to containers that can accommodate various items other than food and drink, such as parts such as bolts and nuts, and items other than those mentioned above.
  • the lid according to the present invention will be described below using an example of a lid having a circular shape when viewed from above, the shape of the lid is limited to one having a circular shape when viewed from above.
  • the present invention can also be applied to various shapes other than circular shapes, such as polygonal shapes such as elliptical shapes, rectangular shapes, and triangular shapes, chamfered rectangular shapes, and chamfered polygonal shapes.
  • the Z-axis direction is the up-down direction (the upper side is the +Z direction, the lower side is the -Z direction), and the X-axis direction is the front-rear direction (the back side is the +X direction, the front side is the -X direction).
  • the lid 1 according to the first embodiment has an opening 102 formed at the upper end and an edge serving as the upper edge forming the outer periphery of the opening 102, as described later using FIGS. 14A, 14B, etc. 103 and is formed so as to be able to come into contact with the container 101 having the same.
  • the lid 1 has an opening 102 formed at the upper end (an opening 102 consisting of a portion surrounded by an edge 103) as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B. ) and an edge 103 serving as an upper edge forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 so as to be able to be joined to the container 101 .
  • FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C are a perspective view and a sectional view showing an example of a container 150 with a lid, in which the lid 1 shown in FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C is joined to the container 101.
  • the lid 1 can be used by being joined along the edge 103.
  • a region joined to the edge 103 in a plan view of the lid 1 is referred to as a joining region R.
  • FIG. 1A is a plan view showing one embodiment of the lid body 1.
  • FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a longitudinal section taken along line AA in FIG. 1A.
  • FIG. 1C is an enlarged view of a part of the peripheral surface 11 of the penetrating portion 10, which will be described later.
  • a container having flexibility at the edge 103 of the opening 102 is more preferably used. However, these things do not prohibit the container 101 from being a container with little or almost no flexibility, such as a metal container.
  • the joining region R corresponds to a region formed roughly in an annular shape along the opening 102 with a shape corresponding to the opening 102 of the container 101.
  • the lid body 1 is formed from a blank material 30.
  • the blank material 30 is obtained by processing a sheet material made of a material corresponding to the material of the lid 1 into a shape corresponding to the shape of the lid 1.
  • the lid 1 is not limited to the case where the lid 1 is formed of the blank material 30 only, and the lid 1 is formed of the blank material 30 with members such as the tab member 22. This includes a case where the lid body 1 has an attached structure, and also includes a case where the lid body 1 is subjected to various processing treatments such as shaping treatment (emboss treatment etc.) on the blank material 30.
  • the blank material 30 is formed from a sheet material having a fiber sheet 31 having fibers including a paper-based material and a resin material 32.
  • a resin material 32 is attached to the lid 1 according to the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1A.
  • the blank material 30 has a structure in which at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31 contain a resin material 32.
  • the fiber sheet 31 containing a paper-based material is a raw material sheet made of so-called paper, pulp-based fiber, etc., which is obtained by drawing a slurry of fiber raw materials onto a mesh, drying or pressing drying, and making paper into a sheet.
  • Plant fibers and other fibers such as so-called air-laid sheets obtained by stacking spread fiber raw materials such as pulverized pulp obtained by crushing with a pulverizer using an air flow and fixing the fibers of the stack with a binder. Examples include so-called papers produced by sticking together.
  • fiber sheets containing paper-based materials include those having a laminated structure in which a plurality of sheets of paper as described above are laminated.
  • the fiber sheet 31 includes sheet materials having fibers other than pulp, such as chemical fibers, fibers with functions such as water resistance, metal fibers, and glass fibers.
  • the fiber sheet 31 may be composed of only the fibers 31A (only an intertwined structure of the fibers 31A), or may have a structure in which a plurality of fibers 31A are crosslinked with a crosslinking agent or the like, or may be made of a resin material described later. It may also contain other additives.
  • the plurality of fibers 31A are crosslinked with each other using a crosslinking agent, so that the shape of the fiber sheet 31 is stabilized and a defibrated state is less likely to be formed.
  • the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 may be composed of one unit fiber, or may have a structure in which a plurality of unit fibers are intertwined. May be included. It is preferable that the fiber sheet 31 is formed by further intertwining a plurality of fibers having such a structure.
  • the paper-based material may not only consist of pulp, but may also contain fibers such as non-pulp natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and recycled fibers, but preferably contains 50% by mass or more of pulp, and 70% by mass or more. Those containing at least 80% by mass are more preferred, and those containing at least 80% by mass are particularly preferred, and those containing 100% by mass are particularly preferred.
  • pulp must be at least 50% by mass of the entire composite material. It is preferable that the content of pulp is contained, and it is particularly preferable that the pulp content is 80% by mass or more. The higher the pulp content, the more easily the paper-based material is biodegradable, which is preferable.
  • the resin material 32 attached to the fibers 31A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include synthetic resins and natural resins.
  • synthetic resins include olefin resins such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP), styrene resins such as polystyrene (PS), acrylic resins such as polyacrylate and polymethacrylate, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), and polyvinyl chloride (PVC).
  • Vinyl resins such as vinyl acetate, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins (PC), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), and polyether sulfone.
  • PES polyether resin
  • PBT butylene terephthalate
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • EVA ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin
  • STYPE unsaturated carboxylic acid polymers or copolymers, and their salts. Examples include synthetic polymers.
  • the resin material 32 is preferably a biodegradable resin that causes fewer environmental pollution problems.
  • biodegradable resins include microbial-produced biodegradable resins such as polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) and PHA-based copolymers; starches mainly made from cellulose derivatives such as cellulose acetate and starch such as corn starch; Natural product-based biodegradable resins such as polylactic acid (PLA), polylactic acid/polycaprolactone copolymers, polylactic acid/polyether copolymers, etc., polybutylene succinate (PBS), polyester resins, etc.
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • PHA-based copolymers starches mainly made from cellulose derivatives such as cellulose acetate and starch such as corn starch
  • Natural product-based biodegradable resins such as polylactic acid (PLA), polylactic acid/polycaprolactone copolymers, polylactic acid/polyether copolymers, etc., polybuty
  • Succinate resins such as butylene succinate adipate (PBSA) and polyethylene terephthalate succinate (PETS), chemically synthesized biodegradable resins such as polycaprolactone and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), carboxyethyl cellulose, carboxy Polysaccharide derivatives such as methylated starch or its salts, starch, cellulose resins such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate, etc., natural substances such as guar gum, trantho gum, xanthan gum, sodium alginate, carrageenan, gum arabic, gelatin, casein, etc.
  • Other examples include polysaccharides, polyglycolic acid (PGA), polybutylene adipate/terephthalate, and biodegradable polyolefins (product name: Biorecover, product name: CraDrop, etc.).
  • At least some of the resin material 32 is attached to at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31.
  • the cases where the resin material 32 is attached to the fibers 31A include cases where the resin material 32 is attached to the surface of the fibers 31A, and cases where the inside of the fibers 31A is impregnated with the resin material 32.
  • the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 include fibers such as non-pulp natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and recycled fibers in addition to pulp, at least a part of the resin material 32 is made of pulp among the fibers 31A. It attaches to the fibers formed by.
  • the resin material 32 adheres to fibers made of pulp among the fibers 31A.
  • this does not prohibit at least a portion of the resin material 32 from adhering to fibers such as non-pulp natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and recycled fibers among the fibers 31A.
  • the resin material 32 may fill at least a portion of the space (gap space) formed between the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 (that is, the resin material 32 may be filled between at least some of the fibers 31A). (the interstitial space may be substantially occupied by the resin material 32).
  • the lid body 1 has a joint area corresponding part 5A and a lid area corresponding part 5B.
  • the bonding area corresponding portion 5A is a portion of the lid 1 that corresponds to a region that is bonded to the container 101 along the edge 103 of the container 101. That is, the joint region corresponding portion 5A is a portion of the lid 1 corresponding to the joint region R (the region facing the edge 103 of the container 101 and the region joined to the container 101). In the lidded container 150, the joint region corresponding portion 5A is a portion of the lid 1 that forms the joint 151 between the lid 1 and the container 101. Specifically, in a plan view of the lid 1 (in the example of FIG.
  • a portion forming the joint region R is defined as the joint region corresponding portion 5A.
  • the joint region corresponding portion 5A is usually formed in an annular shape as shown in FIG. 1A. Particularly, as shown in FIG. 1A, when the edge 103 of the container 101 is formed approximately in an annular shape, the joining region R becomes an annular shape, and the joining region corresponding portion 5A is also formed in a plan view of the lid 1. , is roughly circular.
  • the outer edge of the bonding area corresponding portion 5A is determined according to the position of the outer edge of the bonding area R.
  • the outer edge of the joint region corresponding portion 5A may be located at the outer circumferential edge of the lid 1, or may be located inside the outer circumferential edge of the lid 1 as shown in the example of FIG. 1A. If the bonding region R between the lid 1 and the container 101 is not formed continuously, the portion sandwiched between the adjacent bonding regions R and the portion facing the edge 103 may also be formed into a bonding region corresponding portion 5A, which will be described later. shall be included.
  • the resin material 32 is attached to at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31 in the portion corresponding to the joint area corresponding portion 5A.
  • the lid region corresponding portion 5B is a portion of the lid body 1 that is inside from the joint region corresponding portion 5A. That is, the lid region corresponding portion 5B is a portion inside from the inner edge of the joining region corresponding portion 5A, and the outer peripheral end of the lid region corresponding portion 5B is common to the inner edge of the joining region corresponding portion 5A.
  • the lid region corresponding portion 5B is a portion of the lidded container 150 that covers the opening 102.
  • the part that covers the opening 102 is a part that covers at least a part of the opening 102, and includes a case where a window is formed in a part as described in the third embodiment, and a part that covers at least a part of the opening 102.
  • the portion outside from the outer peripheral end of the lid region corresponding portion 5B of the lid body 1 is called a lid region non-forming portion 5C (in the second embodiment described later, the portion is called a lid region non-forming portion 5C).
  • the non-forming portion 5C corresponds to a portion of the base portion 2 that is outward from the inner edge of the bonding region corresponding portion 5A).
  • the through portion 10 is formed at least in the lid region corresponding portion 5B.
  • the penetrating portion 10 has a structure (a penetrating structure) cut in the vertical direction (thickness direction, Z-axis direction) from one side to the other side of the blank material 30, and is a so-called cut portion 8.
  • the penetrating portion 10 has a circumferential surface portion 11 and an end portion 12 .
  • the peripheral surface portion 11 extends in the longitudinal direction of the penetrating portion 10, and an end portion 12 is formed as a cut end.
  • the through-hole 10 can function as a gas vent.
  • the gas venting portion refers to a portion through which gas can pass from one side of the lid body 1 to the other side (from the opposing surface 73 side to the exposed surface 72 side).
  • the penetrating portion 10 may have another function in addition to functioning as a gas venting portion.
  • the penetration part 10 is an insertion opening 19 or an insertion opening into which a member is inserted from the outside of the container with a lid 150 toward the inside of the container 101 (space 105). It may function as a part constituting the mouth 19. In the example of FIG.
  • the lid body 1 has a penetration part 10, and the penetration part 10 is formed so that it can function as an insertion opening 19.
  • a straw or the like is exemplified as a member that can be inserted through the insertion port 19.
  • the penetrating portion 10 shown in the example of FIG. 1A can also function as a gas venting portion, as described above.
  • the shape of the penetrating portion 10 is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed by cutting.
  • a notch 8 in the shape of a cross in the vertical direction of the blank material 30 is formed in the lid 1, and this notch 8 forms the through part 10.
  • the penetrating portion 10 also serves as the insertion opening 19 as described above. Note that this is just an example, and the shape of the notch 8 forming the penetration part 10 is not limited to a cross shape as long as it can be used as the insertion opening 19, and is illustrated in FIGS. 4A and 4B. It may be a C-shape such as this, or various shapes such as a tongue-like shape may be used.
  • 4A and 4B are plan views schematically showing another embodiment in which the lid body 1 has an insertion opening 19 as the penetration part 10.
  • a cross section of the fiber sheet 31 is exposed in a region forming the peripheral surface portion 11 of the penetrating portion 10 (region of the peripheral surface portion 11). Further, at this time, at least a portion of the resin material 32 is exposed on the peripheral surface portion 11, that is, on at least a portion of the cross section of the fiber sheet 31. At least a portion of the resin material 32 is exposed on the peripheral surface portion 11, as shown in FIG. 1C.
  • the resin material 32 may face the entire area of the peripheral surface portion 11 (the entire area of the cross section of the fiber sheet 31). In the example of FIG.
  • the inclined portion 13 is formed in a portion from the periphery of the penetrating portion 10 to the penetrating portion 10.
  • the inclined portion 13 has the peripheral surface portion 11 of the penetrating portion 10 as an end portion 13A, and is a portion that slopes upward in a direction away from the end portion 13A.
  • the inclined portion 13 may be formed only on one side of the lid 1, as shown in FIGS. 1B and 2A, or may be formed on both sides of the lid 1 (exposed surface 72 (not facing It may be formed on the surface facing the space 105 of the container 101 (the opposing surface 73).
  • the inclined part 13 forms an inclined surface on the exposed surface 72 side of the lid body 1
  • the inclined part 13 forms an inclined surface on the opposing surface 73 side of the lid body 1. are doing.
  • the density of the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 in the sloped portion 13 is higher at a position closer to the end of the sloped portion.
  • the fiber sheet 31 it is preferable that the density of the fibers 31A at position P1 is higher than the density of the fibers 31A at position P2.
  • Such a structure can be realized by applying stronger pressure to positions closer to the peripheral surface 11 of the penetrating part 10 when forming the penetrating part 10. In this case, as shown in FIGS.
  • the inclined portion 13 is formed in a shape that slopes downward toward the penetrating portion 10. Note that the structure of the inclined portion and the density of fibers in the inclined portion is the same in the penetrating portions formed in the second to fourth embodiments described below.
  • the lid 1 according to the first embodiment can be manufactured, for example, as follows.
  • a fiber sheet 31 as a raw sheet formed of a material corresponding to the material of the lid 1 is immersed in an immersion liquid (immersion step).
  • the immersion liquid is a liquid containing the resin material 32 (resin-containing liquid).
  • the resin-containing liquid is, for example, a mixed liquid of the resin material 32, water, and a non-aqueous solvent.
  • a step (drying step) of drying the fiber sheet 31 (fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid) that has been subjected to the dipping step is performed.
  • the blank material 30 is formed by processing the fiber sheet 31 that has been subjected to the drying process (the fiber sheet 31 to which the resin material 32 is attached) into a shape corresponding to the shape of the lid body 1.
  • the blank material 30 may be used as the lid 1 as it is.
  • the penetration part 10 is formed by forming the cut part 8 in the blank material 30, and the lid body 1 is formed by this.
  • examples of the resin material 32 included in the immersion liquid include acrylic resins and polyolefin resins, but biodegradable resins are preferable.
  • the non-aqueous solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed with the resin material, and examples include alcoholic solvents such as ethanol.
  • the water and non-aqueous solvent contained in the fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid may be almost completely evaporated, or the fiber sheet 31 may have some moisture and non-aqueous solvent remaining.
  • the material of the resin material that forms the resin coat layer needs to be selected appropriately depending on the contents contained in the container, so there are various types of resin materials that can be used to form the resin coat layer. Sex is required. For this reason, if a resin layer is formed on the surface of the lid, depending on the material of the resin material that makes up the resin layer, the adhesion with the resin that makes up the resin coat layer may be impaired, and the sealing method may damage the adhesive between the container and the lid. There is a risk that it will be difficult to adhere the two. Therefore, there is room for improvement in terms of making it possible to bond the container and the lid using a sealing method even if the types of resins constituting the resin coat layer formed on the surface of the container are diverse.
  • the lid 1 according to the first embodiment, at least some of the resin material 32 is attached to at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31 constituting the lid 1. Therefore, the resin material 32 can suppress moisture penetration into the fibers 31A. Furthermore, if a sealing method is applied when attaching the lid 1 to the container 101, there may be a space at least in part between the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31. The resin constituting the resin coat layer can enter the space, and the adhesive state between the resin coat layer and the lid 1 can be easily formed. That is, even if the resin material forming the resin coat layer has poor adhesion to the resin material 32, it may be easy to adhere the container 101 and the lid 1 using the sealing method. Next, a modification of the first embodiment will be described.
  • FIG. 3A is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid body 1 according to Modification 1 of the first embodiment.
  • the weakened portion 14 includes a plurality of penetration portions 10 and at least one continuous portion 15 formed between the ends 12 of at least two penetration portions 10.
  • the weakened part 14 guides the position where division occurs (divided position) when a lifting or pressing force is applied to the weakened part 14 to form a divided part in the lid body. That is, the position where the division occurs is formed generally along the weakened portion.
  • the continuous portion 15 is destroyed, and the continuous portion 15 is penetrated with the continuous portion 15 as the end portion 12.
  • a division occurs along the portion 10, and an insertion opening 19 is formed (the insertion opening 19 is in an open state).
  • the layout of the weakened section 14 is not particularly limited, and may be determined according to conditions such as the function of the weakened section 14.
  • the continuous portion 15 is formed at one location, and a total of four penetrating portions 10 are formed.
  • the penetrating portion 10 is formed to extend radially from the continuous portion 15 in four different directions. Note that this is an example of the weakened portion 14, and in the case where the weakened portion 14 has a plurality of penetration portions 10 radially formed around the continuous portion 15, the penetration portion 10 extends from the continuous portion 15. It may extend in three directions in the direction of separation, or may extend in five or more directions. Furthermore, the penetrating portion 10 may extend in two directions away from the continuous portion 15.
  • the weakened portion 14 is formed in a cross shape in the example of FIG. 3A, it may be formed in a C shape as shown in FIG. 4B.
  • the continuous portion 15 is not limited to one location, but may be formed at multiple locations. In the example shown in FIG. 4B, continuous portions 15 are formed at three locations, and penetration portions 10 are formed in two directions from each continuous portion 15 (four penetration portions 10 in total). The plurality of penetration parts 10 are formed by curved cut parts 8 so that the weakened part 14 as a whole has a shape that roughly resembles the letter C.
  • the position of the weakened portion 14 is not particularly limited, it is preferably provided in the lid region corresponding portion 5B. In this case, a dividing position is formed in the lid region corresponding portion 5B.
  • the continuous portion 15 may be a portion formed not to penetrate the blank material 30 forming the lid body 1, and may be a non-cut portion, or may be a portion formed not to penetrate the blank material 30 forming the lid body 1.
  • the half-cut portion 16 may be formed by cutting the blank material 30 in the thickness direction within a range that avoids this.
  • FIG. 12B is a diagram for explaining one embodiment of the half-cut section 16.
  • the half-cut portion 16 is specified as a portion forming a half-cut structure, which is a structure in which the lid 1 is cut halfway in the thickness direction of the lid 1. Note that the half-cut portion 16 is not limited to a portion cut in the thickness direction of the lid 1 to half the thickness of the lid 1.
  • the half-cut portion 16 may have a structure in which it cuts more than half the thickness of the lid 1 while avoiding penetrating the lid 1, or a cut in the thickness direction of the lid 1 to an extent less than half the thickness of the lid 1. Contains an incised structure.
  • FIG. 3B is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid 1 according to the second modification of the first embodiment.
  • the position and shape of the extending portion 7 are not particularly limited, but in the example of FIG. It is formed on the outer circumferential edge 50 of the forming portion 5C (corresponding to the outer circumferential edge 2A of the base portion 2 in the second embodiment described later), and the outer circumferential edge 7A of the extending portion 7 is gently curved in a convex shape.
  • the shape of the extending portion 7 is determined to be chevron-shaped.
  • a mark or text indicating the container 101 corresponding to the lid 1 can be placed on the extending portion 7. For example, letters such as S, M, and L are placed on the extending portion 7 by printing or the like. If the size of the container 101 is small, use the lid 1 with the letter S printed on it, and if the size of the container 101 is medium size, use the lid with the letter M printed on it. When the body 1 is used and the size of the container 101 is large, the types of the container 101 and the lid 1 are associated so that the lid 1 on which the letter L is printed is used. Thereby, when joining the lid 1 to the container 101, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the container 101 and the lid 1 are joined in an incorrect combination of different sizes.
  • the extending portion 7 can be used as a knob.
  • the lid 1 is not limited to this, and the penetrating portion 10 may form at least a part of the boundary between the opening edge of the small opening and the outer peripheral edge of the small lid, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B. . That is, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the lid 1 includes a base portion having a small opening having an opening area smaller than the opening 102 of the container 101, and a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening. , a hinge portion connecting the base portion and the small lid portion may be provided. An embodiment having such a configuration will be referred to as a second embodiment. FIG.
  • FIG. 7A is a plan view showing an example of the lid body 1 according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line DD in FIG. 7A.
  • the second embodiment may be similar to the first embodiment except that the penetrating portion 10 forms at least a part of the boundary between the opening edge of the small opening and the outer peripheral edge of the small lid. Further, in the second embodiment, the insertion port 19 shown in the first embodiment may be further formed.
  • the lid 1 according to the second embodiment includes a base portion 2, a small lid portion 3, and a hinge portion 4, as shown in FIGS. 7A, 7B, etc.
  • the lid area corresponding part 5B of the lid body 1 has a base part 2, a small lid part 3, and a hinge part 4, and the lid area non-forming part 5C has a base part 2. ing.
  • the base portion 2 is defined as a portion that has a bonding region corresponding portion 5A and forms a small opening 6.
  • the base portion 2 can be a portion that determines the displacement standard of the small lid portion 3, which will be described later.
  • the base portion 2 and the small lid portion 3 form the exposed surface 72 of the lid 1 when viewed from above.
  • the bonding area corresponding portion 5A is located in the portion forming the bonding area R. It is formed on the base part 2.
  • the small opening 6 is formed so as to penetrate through the surface 73 of the lid 1 facing the container 101 and the surface of the lid 1 not facing the container 101 (the exposed surface 72 of the lid 1).
  • the small opening 6 is formed inside a portion corresponding to the joint region corresponding portion 5A in a plan view of the lid 1 so that its opening area is smaller than that of the opening 102 of the container 101.
  • the small opening 6 is for forming an entrance/exit for the contents (for example, drinks, food, etc.) in the space 105 of the container 101 when the lid 1 is joined to the container 101.
  • the small opening 6 forms an opening forming part 20 in combination with the small lid 3 described later.
  • the opening forming portion 20 is defined as a portion having a small opening 6 and a small lid 3. As shown in FIG. In the opening forming section 20, the small opening 6 opens and closes as the small lid 3 is displaced.
  • the opening forming portion 20 is configured such that the small lid 3 closes the small opening 6 and the small lid 3 is displaced to open the small opening 6, as shown in FIG. 7A. It is formed.
  • the small lid part 3 is rotated so as to pull up the small lid part 3 with respect to the base part 2, the small opening part 6 is exposed and becomes an exposure opening. That is, the opening forming part 20 is arranged so that when the small lid part 3 is pulled up with the lid body 1 attached to the container 101, the small opening part 6 and the small lid part can be visually recognized from the small opening part 6. It combines 3.
  • the small opening 6 when it is an exposed port, it can be used as a supply port for additional liquids such as drinks or solids such as ice, as will be described later. Furthermore, when a liquid such as a beverage is present inside the container 101 (space 105), the small opening 6 may be used as a drinking spout or spout for the beverage.
  • the lid body 1 is provided with a small lid portion 3.
  • the small lid part 3 is formed to be able to cover the small opening 6 in an openable and closable manner.
  • the small lid part 3 is formed so that it can be displaced to a pulled up state with respect to the base part 2, as will be described later using FIG. 9C.
  • An opening 6 is formed (opened).
  • the small lid 3 is arranged so that the outer peripheral contour shape of the small lid 3 follows the shape of the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6. The shape can be determined. In this case, with the small opening 6 closed by the small lid 3, it is easy to bring the end surface of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid 3 into contact with the end surface of the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6.
  • the small lid part 3 is provided inside (lid area corresponding part 5B) (center CT side) than the joint area corresponding part 5A in plan view of the lid 1. There is.
  • the small lid part 3 is displaced (rotated) so that the small lid part 3 is in a lifted state.
  • the small lid part 3 is connected to the base part 2 by a hinge part 4. As the small lid part 3 is lifted about the hinge part 4, the small opening part 6 is exposed.
  • the small opening portion 6 is exposed as described above. This state is called the open lid state.
  • the state in which the small opening 6 is covered with the small lid 3 is called a closed state.
  • the lid body 1 even after the lid is in the open state (after the small opening 6 is exposed by raising the small lid part 3), it is possible to put the lid in the closed state again.
  • the end face of the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6 of the base part 2 can face the end face (outer peripheral end face) of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3.
  • the lid 1 has the hinge portion 4.
  • the hinge portion 4 is generally composed of a portion corresponding to a line segment connecting two base end portions 74 along the outer circumferential edge 3A of the small lid portion 3, and has a portion at the boundary between the base portion 2 and the small lid portion 3. handle.
  • the hinge portion 4 is a portion that serves as a rotation axis when the small lid portion 3 rotates.
  • the small lid part 3 rotates, not only the case where the small lid part 3 stands up from the base part 2 at a certain angle at the position of the hinge part 4, but also the front edge of the small lid part 3 from the hinge part 4 This includes a case where the small lid part 3 gradually curves and rises toward the part 75.
  • the base part 2 is connected to the small lid part 3 at least at the hinge part 4.
  • the structure of the hinge part 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is a part defined as a boundary between the base part 2 and the small lid part 3.
  • the hinge portion 4 may have a perforation structure or a half-cut portion, similar to the connection structure 17 described later.
  • the small lid part 3 and the small opening part 6 may be separated (or may be in a non-connected state).
  • the connection structure 17 may be formed as described later.
  • the peripheral surface portion 11 of the penetrating portion 10 forms an end surface of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid portion 3 and an end surface of the opening edge 6A of the small opening portion 6. Further, the end portion 12 of the penetrating portion 10 is located at the base end portion 74 of the hinge portion 4.
  • the structure of the penetrating portion 10 is the same as that described in the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted.
  • connection structure 17 Connection structure between base and small lid
  • the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6 of the base part 2 and the small lid part 3 A structure connected at the outer peripheral edge 3A may be formed.
  • the connection structure 17 is preferably configured as a weakened portion 14 that is more fragile than the small lid portion 3.
  • FIG. 12A is a diagram showing an example in which the connection structure 17 is the weakened portion 14. Since the connection structure 17 is the weakened portion 14, when the small lid portion 3 rotates relative to the base portion 2 around the hinge portion 4, the weakened portion 14 is destroyed (the continuous portion 15 is destroyed). can be done). Further, the small lid part 3 is raised up relative to the base part 2 while being separated from the base part 2 generally along the connection structure 17.
  • the weakened portion 14 is formed by a combination of the penetrating portion 10 and the continuous portion 15, as described in the first modification of the first embodiment. Therefore, when the connection structure 17 is the weakened part 14, the weakened part 14 is formed by a combination of the penetration part 10 and the continuous part 15 at the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 and the opening edge 6A of the small opening part 6.
  • the combination structure is a combination of a continuous part 15 and a penetrating part 10 along the longitudinal direction of the part where the end face of the opening edge 6A of the small opening part 6 and the end face of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 face each other. This is a structure in which structures are arranged alternately (so-called perforation structure).
  • connection structure 17 is not limited to a perforation structure, and for example, the entire connection structure 17 may be formed as a half-cut portion 16 as shown in FIG. 12B.
  • the half-cut portion 16 is the same as the half-cut portion 16 described in the first embodiment using FIG. 12B, so a description thereof will be omitted.
  • connection structure 17 has the continuous portion 15 and the penetration portion 10
  • the continuous portion 15 may be a half-cut portion 16 as shown in FIG. 12B.
  • the penetration part 10 When the penetration part 10 is formed in the lid body 1 according to the second embodiment, the penetration part 10 is located at a position different from the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid part and the opening edge of the small opening part. It may also be formed as a gas vent.
  • the connection structure 17 is formed at the boundary between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid and the opening edge of the small opening, and the entire connection structure 17 is formed as a half-cut portion 16, the penetration portion 10 may be formed in a different configuration than the connection structure 17.
  • the penetrating portion 10 may be formed at a boundary position between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid portion and the opening edge of the small opening portion, and at a position different from the boundary position. In this way, in the lid 1 according to the second embodiment, at least a portion of the penetrating portion may be formed at the boundary between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid and the opening edge of the small opening.
  • the lid 1 according to the second embodiment can obtain the same effects as the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 8A is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid body 1 according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line EE in FIG. 8A.
  • the lid 1 according to the first modification of the second embodiment may be the same as the second embodiment described above except for the configuration in which the small lid 3 is provided with the knob 21.
  • a description of other structures (base portion 2, hinge portion 4, etc.) other than the structure in which the portion 21 is provided will be omitted.
  • knob section In the example of the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, when the small opening 6 is closed with the small lid 3, the exposed surface of the small lid 3 (exposed surface 72 of the lid 1) is A knob 21 is provided on the upper surface side.
  • the structure of the knob 21 is not particularly limited as long as the small lid 3 can be rotated about the hinge 4, but in the examples shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, the tab member 22 is used as the knob 21. It is provided.
  • tab member 22 In the example of FIGS. 8A and 8B, when the small opening 6 is closed by the small lid 3, the tab member 22 has one end 22A of the tab member 22 joined to the small lid 3, and the tab member 22 The other end 22B is a free end.
  • the portion of the tab member 22 that is joined to the small lid portion 3 is referred to as a tab joint portion 23.
  • the portion of the tab member 22 on the free end side (the portion on the other end 22B side), excluding the tab joint portion 23, has a size and shape that allows the tab member 22 to be picked by hand. As long as it is formed, there are no particular limitations on its shape or structure.
  • the material of the tab member 22 may be the same as that of the blank material 30 described in the first embodiment, and may be made of a paper-based material.
  • the tab member 22 is mounted near the tip of the small lid 3. It is joined to the small lid part 3 at the position (that is, near the front edge 75).
  • the method for joining the tab member 22 to the small lid part 3 (that is, the method for forming the tab joint part 23) can be exemplified by various methods such as ultrasonic joining, heat sealing, and joining using an adhesive.
  • ultrasonic bonding is preferable as a method for forming the tab bonding portion 23 from the viewpoint of ease of bonding, bonding strength, and the like.
  • the formation position of the tab joint part 23 in the small lid part 3 is determined from the viewpoint of making it easy to raise the small lid part 3 by lifting the tab member 22 (rotating the small lid part 3). It is preferable that the position be shifted from the center of the figure 3.
  • the other end 22B side (free end side) of the tab member 22 is arranged closer to the hinge portion 4 side than the one end 22A of the tab member 22. has been done.
  • the tab member 22 may be oriented in a direction other than the direction shown in the example of FIG. 8A.
  • the tab member 22 may be arranged such that the other end 22B of the tab member 22 is further away from the hinge portion 4 than the one end 22A of the tab member 22.
  • the knob 21 is provided, so that the small lid 3 can be easily pulled up.
  • FIG. 13A is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid 1 according to Modification 2 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line HH in FIG. 13A.
  • the structure of the holding structure forming part is not particularly limited.
  • the claw portion 24 and the receiving portion 25 form a holding structure forming portion.
  • the claw portion 24 may be any portion having a structure that can be latched to a receiving portion 25, which will be described later, by latching, inserting, or the like.
  • the claw portion 24 is provided on a tab member 22, which is an example of the knob portion 21.
  • the claw portion 24 is formed by a notch portion formed in a predetermined position of the tab member 22 in an outline shape such as a generally chevron shape.
  • the receiving portion 25 is formed in such a shape that the claw portion 24 can be engaged with or inserted into the receiving portion 25 .
  • the receiving portion 25 is a slit portion formed by cutting the base portion 2 at a predetermined position.
  • the receiving portion 25 corresponds to the penetrating portion 10.
  • the receiving portion 25 is formed at a position where it can face the claw portion 24 when the tab member 22 is displaced so as to rotate the small lid portion 3.
  • the holding structure forming part has a slit part (penetration part 10) formed as the receiving part 25, but as will be described later in Modification 3 of the second embodiment,
  • the structure corresponding to 25 is not limited to the slit portion.
  • FIG. 9A is a plan view schematically showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line FF in FIG. 9A.
  • the configuration of the extending portion 7 is the same as that of the second modification of the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted.
  • FIG. 9A illustrates a case where the extending portion 7 is formed in the lid 1 according to the second modification of the second embodiment.
  • the formation position of the extension part 7 is such that the hinge part 4 is located between the front edge part 75 forming the tip of the small lid part 3 and the extension part 7.
  • an extending portion 7 is defined on the outer peripheral edge 2A of the base portion 2.
  • the position of the front end edge 75 of the small lid part 3 and the position of the extension part 7 can be made as far apart as possible.
  • the lid body 1 By making the position of the front end edge 75 of the small lid part 3 and the position of the extension part 7 as far apart as possible in this way, even if a person picks the extension part 7 by hand and carries the lid body 1, the lid body 1 It is possible to suppress the possibility that a person who picks up the small lid part 3 of the lid body 1 will touch the small lid part 3 of the lid body 1, and it is possible to suppress the contamination of the small lid part 3 due to contact with a person's hands.
  • the extending portion may also serve as the receiving portion described in the second modification of the second embodiment.
  • the claw portion 24 is formed on the knob portion 21 (tab member 22 in FIG. 13A and FIG. 9A), and the claw portion 24 and the extension portion 7 are formed in the same manner as the example in FIG. 13A.
  • a holding structure forming portion is formed.
  • the extending portion 7 is configured such that the outer peripheral edge 7A of the extending portion 7 can face the claw portion 24 when the tab member 22 is displaced to rotate the small lid portion 3. is formed.
  • the tab member 22 is pulled up in the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 9B when the small lid part 3 is raised up, as in the example of FIG. 13A.
  • the claw portion 24 is moved downward or upward. It has a prominent shape.
  • the tab member 22 is displaced so as to rotate the small lid part 3 until the claw part 24 reaches a position facing the outer peripheral edge 7A of the extension part 7 or a position near that position. Then, as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 9C is a cross-sectional view for explaining one embodiment of the holding structure.
  • FIG. 10 is a plan view for explaining one embodiment of the extending portion 7. As shown in FIG. The extension distance D1 of the extension part 7 is the longest distance from the outer periphery 2A of the lid 1 to the outer periphery 7A of the extension part 7 along the direction away from the center CT of the lid 1 in the radial direction. shall be shown.
  • the extension The size of the portion 7 can be reduced, and the user is less likely to recognize the extension portion 7 as a knob for forming an ejection opening. That is, it is possible to prevent the user from lifting the extension part 7 and tearing off the lid 1 and using the tear hole created as an opening for taking out the contents.
  • the extension portion 7 can be slightly bent, and even if the tip of the claw portion 24 reaches the edge 103 of the container 101, the extension portion 7 and the claw portion 24 can be bent in the direction of releasing the lock. The tip of the claw portion 24 can be slid up to the extension portion 7. Then, it becomes easy to form the holding structure with the tip of the claw portion 24 located outside the edge 103 of the container 101. If such a holding structure is formed, even if the edge 103 of the container 101 becomes contaminated, the contamination will not spread to the claws 24 of the lid 1, thereby improving hygiene.
  • the present invention to a lid using a sheet material in which a resin layer is formed on the surface of one of the fiber sheets 31.
  • the lid body 1 is made of a blank material 30 and the extension part 7 is also made of the blank material 30, the surface of the extension part 7 may be made rougher than when a sheet material on which a resin layer is formed is used. This is more preferable because it makes it easier to bend the extending portion 7 and make it easier to cause the extending portion 7 to bend slightly.
  • FIG. 5A is a plan view showing an example of the lid body 1 according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a vertical cross-section taken along line BB of the lid 1 shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the window portion 40 is a light transmitting portion that improves the visibility of the space portion 105 from the outside in the lidded container 150.
  • the window portion 40 has a structure in which an opening (in-lid opening 41) formed in the lid region corresponding portion 5B is covered with a window sheet 42 such as a light-transmissive film.
  • the window sheet 42 is not particularly limited as long as it has light transmittance, such as a light transmitting film, and examples thereof include films made of the following materials. Examples of the material of the film forming the window sheet 42 include synthetic resins and natural resins.
  • Examples of synthetic resins and natural resins include olefin resins such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP), styrene resins such as polystyrene (PS), acrylic resins such as polyacrylate and polymethacrylate, and polyvinyl chloride ( PVC), vinyl resins such as polyvinyl acetate, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins (PC), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), etc.
  • Examples include polyether resins such as polyether sulfone (PES).
  • the material of the film forming the window sheet 42 is preferably biodegradable resin or the like from the viewpoint of reducing environmental load.
  • biodegradable resins include microbial-produced biodegradable resins such as polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) and PHA-based copolymers; starches mainly made from cellulose derivatives such as cellulose acetate and starch such as corn starch; Natural product-based biodegradable resins such as polylactic acid (PLA), polylactic acid/polycaprolactone copolymers, polylactic acid/polyether copolymers, etc., polybutylene succinate (PBS), polyester resins, etc.
  • PHA polyhydroxyalkanoate
  • PHA-based copolymers starches mainly made from cellulose derivatives such as cellulose acetate and starch such as corn starch
  • Natural product-based biodegradable resins such as polylactic acid (PLA), polylactic acid/polycaprolactone copolymers, polylactic acid/polyether copo
  • Succinate resins such as butylene succinate adipate (PBSA) and polyethylene terephthalate succinate (PETS); chemically synthesized biodegradable resins such as polycaprolactone and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); Examples include butylene adipate/terephthalate and biodegradable polyolefins (product name: Biorecover, product name: Cra Drop, etc.).
  • the window sheet 42 has excellent water resistance, oil resistance, etc.
  • the window sheet 42 provided in the window portion 40 forms a portion (adhesive portion 46) that is adhered along a portion of the blank material 30 that corresponds to the periphery of the in-lid opening 41.
  • the method of adhering the window sheet 42 to a portion corresponding to the periphery of the in-lid opening 41 is not particularly limited.
  • hot melt is applied between the periphery of the opening 41 in the lid and the window sheet 42 to form a coated part, and the window sheet 42 is sealed around the opening 41 in the lid by heat-sealing in the coated part.
  • the adhesive portion 46 may be formed by adhering to a portion corresponding to the periphery. In the example of FIG.
  • the window portion 40 is provided for the lid 1 according to the first embodiment, but as illustrated in FIG. 11A, the window 40 is provided for the lid 1 according to the second embodiment and the 11B and 11C, it may be provided for the lid body 1 according to the fourth embodiment described later.
  • 11A and 11B are plan views showing other examples of the lid body 1 according to the third embodiment, and FIG. 11C is a sectional view schematically showing the state of the longitudinal section taken along line GG in FIG. 11B. It is.
  • a resin layer is formed on the surface of the fiber sheet 31 on at least one of the exposed surface 72 and the opposing surface 73. It is also possible to apply the present invention to a lid using a sheet material made of aluminum. However, when the lid body 1 is a blank material 30, when forming the adhesive part 46 between the window sheet 42 and the blank material 30, various resin materials are used as a material such as hot melt to form the adhesive part 46. This is more preferable in that good adhesion between the window sheet 42 and the blank material 30 can be expected.
  • a protruding portion may be formed as shown in FIGS. 6A, 6B, and the like. This embodiment will be referred to as the fourth embodiment.
  • the raised portion 43 is formed on the exposed surface 72 side of the lid body 1, and has a portion ( In the examples of FIGS. 6A and 6B, it is a portion that protrudes in the +Z direction with respect to the position of the bonding area corresponding portion 5A. It is preferable that the raised portion 43 is provided inward from the inner edge of the bonding region corresponding portion 5A. That is, the raised part 43 may be formed on the entire lid area corresponding part 5B, or may be provided on a part of the inside of the lid area corresponding part 5B.
  • a recessed portion 44 is formed in a portion of the lid body 1 that corresponds to the raised portion 43 on the side opposite to the exposed surface 72 (opposite surface 73 side) (opposite portion).
  • the portion forming the raised portion 43 becomes a convex structure in the embossed structure.
  • the window part 40 is formed in the area including the tip 43A of the raised part 43, which means that the interior of the container 101 is This is preferable from the viewpoint of making it easy to visually recognize the entire space (the depressed portion 44) including the space portion 105.
  • the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 and the hinge part 4 are formed along the base end of the raised part 43. It is preferable that the In this case, when the small lid part 3 is pulled up about the hinge part 4, the entire raised part 43 can be pulled up.
  • the lid 1 according to the fourth embodiment can be manufactured, for example, as follows. As explained in [1-2 Manufacturing method] in the first embodiment, the dipping step and the drying step are performed. However, during the drying process or before the drying process (but after the dipping process (that is, between the dipping process and the drying process), a shaping process is performed to shape the fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid. Shaping process An example of this is an embossing process. In the shaping process, a structure corresponding to the raised part 43 is formed (a structure corresponding to the depressed part 44 is also formed). A shaping process and a drying process are performed. After that, the blank material 30 is formed by processing according to the shape of the lid body 1.
  • the drying process it is good that the water and non-aqueous solvent contained in the fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid are almost completely evaporated, or it is possible that some water and non-aqueous solvent remain in the fiber sheet.
  • shaping treatment may be applied after the drying step. However, from the viewpoint of improving the appearance of the raised portions formed by the shaping process, the shaping process is preferably applied during or before the drying process.
  • the structure of the raised part 43 (and depressed part 44) shown in the fourth embodiment is that instead of the lid 1 having the blank material 30, the surface of the fiber sheet 31 on at least one of the exposed surface 72 and the opposing surface 73 is It is also possible to apply the present invention to a lid using a sheet material on which a resin layer is formed. However, if the lid 1 is a blank material 30, the method for manufacturing the lid 1 according to the fourth embodiment described above can be easily applied, and it is easier to obtain the raised portion 43 with a good appearance. preferable.
  • the lid 1 is joined to the container 101 to form a joint 151 in a state of a container 150 with a lid, which will be described later.
  • the joint 151 is a part where the container 101 and the lid 1 are bonded (including adhesive) to each other, and in order to separate the lid 1 and the container 101, the lid 1 and This means that the container 101 will be separated.
  • the lid 1 is not limited to this type, and the lid 1 may fit into the container 101 as described below.
  • the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment has a canopy part 202 and a side wall part 203, as illustrated in FIGS. 15A and 15B.
  • the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment has an opening 102 formed at the upper end and an edge 103 serving as the upper edge forming the outer periphery of the opening 102, as described later using FIG. 21 etc. It is formed so as to be able to come into contact with the container 101 that has it.
  • the lid 201 can be fitted into a container that has an opening 102 formed at the upper end and an edge 103 forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 and serving as the upper edge. is formed.
  • FIG. 15A is a perspective view schematically showing an example of the lid according to the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the lid according to the fifth embodiment. Note that FIG. 15B shows the state of a longitudinal section taken along the line NN in FIG. 15A.
  • FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing an example of a container with a lid 150 in which the lid 1 shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B is joined to the container 101.
  • the line NN is positioned to pass approximately directly above the insertion opening 219. This also applies to line JJ in FIG. 16A, line KK in FIG. 17A, and line LL in FIG. 18A.
  • the lid 201 preferably has a bent portion 204.
  • the bent part 204 is a part that connects the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203, and in the examples of FIGS. 15A and 15B, the bent part 204 and the side wall part 203 are formed continuously (integrally). .
  • the canopy part 202 becomes a part that covers the opening 102 of the container 101 when the lid 201 is attached (equipped) to the container 101.
  • the shape of the canopy part 202 may be determined according to the shape of the container 101, and examples thereof include a circular shape, an elliptical shape, a triangular shape, a rectangular shape, a polygonal shape, and a chamfered shape.
  • the bent portion 204 is formed so as to surround the outer peripheral edge of the canopy portion 202 and forms a boundary between the canopy portion 202 and the side wall portion 203.
  • the bent portion 204 is formed such that the side wall portion 203 faces the side wall 104 and edge 103 of the container 101 when the lid 201 is attached to the container 101.
  • the bent portion 204 has a bent structure, but the bent portion 204 is not limited to having a bent structure, as will be described later.
  • the part forming the boundary between the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 includes cases where the part itself forms a boundary, cases where the boundary is defined inside or at the end of the part (the canopy part 202 and/or the side wall part 203). (a case where a part of the portion 203 also serves as the bent portion 204) is included.
  • the boundary between the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 is defined at the center of the bent part 204.
  • the bent portion 204 has a curved structure (for example, FIGS. 20A to 20B showing an example of modification 4 of the fourth embodiment described later)
  • the bent portion 204 is a portion specified in a curved range.
  • the boundary between the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 is defined approximately at the center of the bent part 204.
  • the side wall portion 203 is formed in an annular shape along the outer peripheral edge of the canopy portion 202 .
  • the lid body 201 has a canopy part 202, a bent part 204, a side wall part 203, and a canopy part 202 integrally formed by integrally molding a blank material 250 for forming the lid body 201. You can get it by doing this.
  • the blank material 250 may be formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 shown in the description of the first to fourth embodiments. That is, the blank material 250 is formed from a sheet material including a fiber sheet 260 containing fibers formed from a paper-based material and a resin material.
  • the sheet material has a structure in which a resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet 260.
  • the resin material may be the same as the resin material described in the first to fourth embodiments.
  • the fiber sheet 260 may be similar to the fiber sheet 31 described in the first to fourth embodiments.
  • the lid body 201 has a contact portion 274 that comes into contact with the container 101 in a state where the lid body 201 is fitted onto the container 101.
  • the contact portion 274 is formed in a predetermined portion of the side wall portion 203 (first contact portion 274A). Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 15B, the contact portion 274 is preferably formed in a portion (second contact portion 274B) corresponding to a predetermined region of the canopy portion 202 on the opposing surface 273 side.
  • the contact portion 274 can suppress the possibility that the contents of the container 101 will leak to the outside.
  • the first contact portion 274A is preferably formed around the entire outer surface end of the edge 103 of the container, and is preferably formed in an annular shape.
  • the second contact portion 274B is preferably formed around the entire upper end of the edge 103 of the container, and is preferably formed in an annular shape.
  • the first contact portion 274A and the second contact portion 274B may be separated from each other or may be connected.
  • the contact portion 274 (including the first contact portion 274A and the second contact portion 274B) shown in the fifth embodiment is similar to that in the sixth embodiment, seventh embodiment, and eighth embodiment (described later). The same applies to the sixth embodiment to the eighth embodiment).
  • a penetrating portion 210 is formed at a predetermined position of the canopy portion 202.
  • An insertion opening 219 is formed as this penetration part 210.
  • the penetrating portion 210 is formed by the cut portion 208 .
  • the cut portion 208 is a cross cut.
  • the insertion opening 219 and the penetration part 210 may be formed in the same manner as the insertion opening 19 and the penetration part 10 described in the first embodiment.
  • the penetrating portion 210 is a portion that penetrates the canopy portion 202 from the exposed surface 272 to the opposing surface 273.
  • a cross section of the fiber sheet 260 is formed in a region forming the peripheral surface of the penetrating portion 210 (a region similar to the region of the peripheral surface 11 described in the first embodiment). exposed. Furthermore, at least a portion of the resin material is exposed on at least a portion of the cross section of the fiber sheet 260 exposed on the peripheral surface of the penetrating portion 210 .
  • the exposure of the cross section of the fiber sheet 260 and the exposure of the resin material shown in the fifth embodiment also apply to the sixth to eighth embodiments described later.
  • a blank material for forming a lid body having a curved part (a lid body having a side wall part, a curved part, and a canopy part) is made of a paper-based material
  • the shape of the blank material is the shape of the lid body (three-dimensional shape).
  • many fine wrinkles and folds occur near the bends and on the side walls.
  • a restoring force will act on the fibers that make up the lid body after shaping, and such fine wrinkles and folds will be removed when handling the lid body or when handling the lid body.
  • the lid body may return to its shape due to the influence of the force applied to the lid body when the lid body is attached to the container.
  • the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment it is possible to suppress the possibility that the blank material 250 will return to its shape after the shape deformation (shaping) when integrally molding the blank material 250.
  • Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment In the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment, the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 may be formed of separate members, as shown in FIGS. 18A, 18B, etc. Modification 1).
  • Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment includes a case where a part of the member forming the canopy part 202 forms a part of the side wall part 203, and a part of the member forming the side wall part 203 forms the canopy part. This includes the case where it forms part of the section 202.
  • 18A and 18B show an example in which a part of the member forming the canopy part 202 forms a part of the side wall part 203.
  • a canopy part forming member 222 having a first part 231 for forming the canopy part 202, and a side wall.
  • a side wall portion forming member 223 for forming the portion 203 is prepared.
  • a joining allowance 230 configured to be able to be joined to the side wall forming member 223 as a second portion 232 extends from the outer end (outer edge end) of the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222 .
  • the bent part 204 is formed by joining the canopy part forming member 222 and the side wall part forming member 223.
  • the lid body 201 is formed.
  • FIG. 19A FIG. material 252
  • the first blank material 251 for forming the canopy part forming member 222 a sheet material formed in a shape that matches the shape of the canopy part 202 with the joining allowance 230 may be used.
  • the second blank material 252 has a shape corresponding to the shape of the side wall portion 203.
  • the second blank material 252 is formed in a fan shape (partial fan shape).
  • a sheet material formed in The side wall portion forming member 223 that forms the side wall portion 203 can be obtained by joining the end edges 253, 253 at both ends of the second blank material 252.
  • At least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material 251 and the second blank material 252 may be formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 described above. . That is, at least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material 251 and the second blank material 252 has a fiber sheet 260 containing fibers formed from a paper-based material. The resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet. In the examples of FIGS. 18A, 18B, 19A, and 19B, the first blank material and the second blank material have a fiber sheet 260 containing fibers made of a paper-based material.
  • the side wall portion 203 is formed to taper downward (in the -Z direction) (the inner diameter of the cross section becomes smaller (reduced diameter)). This is a preferable example, and the side wall portion 203 may be formed so that it becomes thicker toward the bottom (the inner diameter of the cross section becomes larger (increases in diameter)). Further, the side wall portion 203 may be formed so as not to taper toward the bottom (the cross-sectional inner diameter is constant); (modification 2 of the fifth embodiment). What is shown in the second modification of the fifth embodiment also applies to the sixth to eighth embodiments described later.
  • cross section indicates a cut surface of the side wall section that is observed when the side wall section is cut along a plane whose normal is the vertical direction.
  • the cross-sectional inner diameter indicates the diameter on the inner circumferential surface side when the cut surface (cross-section) is approximately annular.
  • the canopy part 202 of the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment may be configured as described in the second to fourth embodiments (Modification 3 of the fifth embodiment). Therefore, in the third modification of the fifth embodiment, the canopy part 202 may have a configuration corresponding to the opening forming part 20 (corresponding to the second embodiment), and a configuration corresponding to the window part 40 may exist. A configuration may be present (corresponding to the third embodiment), a configuration corresponding to the raised portion 43 may be present (corresponding to the fourth embodiment), and a combination of these configurations may be present simultaneously. You may. Moreover, it is not prohibited to provide the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment with a configuration corresponding to the modification shown in the first embodiment and the second embodiment. What is shown in the third modification of the fifth embodiment also applies to the sixth to eighth embodiments described below. In the lid body 201 according to the third modification of the fifth embodiment, the configuration of the insertion opening 219 may be omitted.
  • the bent portion 204 may be constituted by a projecting portion 226, as shown in FIGS. 20A to 20B. Furthermore, even if the convex portion 225 is formed at the end (outer end 228B) of the end portion (inner end 228A, outer end 228B) of the overhanging portion 226 that is closer to the side wall portion 203, or in the vicinity thereof. good.
  • a predetermined area on the outer peripheral end side of the canopy part 202 has a structure that protrudes diagonally upward (overhanging structure).
  • the protrusion direction of the protrusion 226 may be upward or lateral (direction in the plane of the canopy 202).
  • the inner surface 226A side of the projecting portion 226 is a recessed portion (recessed portion 227).
  • the shape of the recessed portion 227 corresponds to the shape of the overhanging portion 26. This can be realized depending on the shape of the mold used when forming the lid body 201 from the blank material 250.
  • the size of the recessed portion 227 is preferably large enough to fit the edge 103 of the container 101. If the recessed portion 227 has such a size, when the lid 201 is used as the lidded container 150, the edge 103 will generally fit into the recessed portion 227, and the outer end portion of the edge 103 ( In the example of FIG. 20, it is possible to bring the outer circumferential surface part 111 of the edge 103 into surface contact with the recessed part 227, making it easy to securely attach the lid 201 to the edge 103 of the container 101. Become.
  • a convex portion 225 may be formed on the side wall portion 203.
  • the convex portion 225 is defined, for example, as a portion that protrudes inward (center CT direction, direction from the outer circumferential surface 203B to the inner circumferential surface 203A of the side wall portion 203) at a predetermined position of the side wall portion 203. It is preferable that the convex portion 225 is a convex strip portion formed in a strip shape so as to go around the inner circumferential surface of the side wall portion 203 .
  • a convex structure of a convex portion 225 may be formed on the inner circumferential surface side of the side wall portion 203, and a recess portion 224 may be formed on the outer circumferential surface 203B side of the side wall portion 203 at a position corresponding to the position where the convex structure is formed.
  • the lid 201 according to the sixth embodiment is similar to the fifth embodiment in that it has a canopy part 202 and a side wall part 203 and can be fitted into a container. It is.
  • the lid body 201A according to the sixth embodiment has a configuration in which a part of the side wall portion 203 extends above and below the canopy portion 202.
  • the side wall portion 203 has an annular (including cylindrical) shape, and includes an upper wall 205 and a lower wall 206.
  • the lower wall 206 is a portion extending downward from the canopy portion 202, and the upper wall 205 is comprised of a portion of the side wall portion 203 excluding the lower wall 206.
  • the side wall portion 203 is formed to taper downward. Furthermore, in the examples shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the penetrating portion 210 is formed at a predetermined position of the canopy portion 202, but this is only an example.
  • the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 are formed of separate members.
  • the lid body 201 has a canopy forming member 222 and a side wall forming member 223 as the above-mentioned separate members, and the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are joined together. It has a joint that
  • the canopy forming member 222 includes a first portion corresponding to the canopy 202 (the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222), and a second portion extending from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231 (the canopy forming member 222).
  • the second portion 232) of the portion forming member 222 is the joining allowance 230 shown in the first modification of the fifth embodiment.
  • the second portion 232 of the canopy forming member 222 is a portion (rising portion) that rises diagonally upward or directly upward from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231 in the state of the lid body 201. In this state, the second portion 232 becomes a part of the side wall portion 203 in a state where the second portion 232 is joined to the side wall portion forming member 223.
  • the side wall forming member 223 is formed in an annular shape (including a cylindrical shape) and includes a portion forming the upper wall 205 (upper forming portion) and a portion forming the lower wall 206 (lower forming portion).
  • the upper part forming part has a part (first contact wall part 233) that contacts at least the outer surface side with the joining margin 230 which becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222.
  • the upper wall 205 (upper forming part) is in contact with the first contact wall part 233 and the joining margin 230 that becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222 on the inner side. (second contact wall part 234), and a continuous part 235 that connects the first contact wall part 233 and the second contact wall part 234, and the continuous part 235 is the second part of the canopy part forming member 222. It covers the upper end surface of the joining margin 230.
  • the lower end of the second contact wall portion 234 is located on the upper surface side of the first portion 231 of the canopy portion forming member 222, and is slightly spaced apart from the first portion 231 in the examples of FIGS. 16A and 16B. .
  • the lower wall 206 (lower forming portion) is a portion that extends downward (diagonally downward in FIGS. 16A and 16B) with the lower end of the first contact wall portion 233 as the base end. It has become.
  • the lower wall 206 (lower forming part) is preferably located below the lower surface of the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222 in terms of the vertical position, for example.
  • the lid body 201 according to the sixth embodiment can be formed by processing a blank material.
  • the blank materials include blank materials for forming the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 (as described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, the first blank material and the second blank material, respectively). ) can be used. At least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material and the second blank material is formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment. good.
  • the first blank material for forming the canopy part forming member 222 may be the same as the first blank material 251 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and may have a shape similar to that of the canopy part 202. Further, a sheet material formed in a shape including the joining allowance 230 may be used.
  • the canopy part forming member 222 can form a first part 231 corresponding to the canopy part 202 and a rising part (second part 232 serving as a joining margin) by bending and forming a first blank material.
  • the second portion 232 is preferably formed by bending the first blank material upward at the peripheral edge position of the first portion 231 (base end of the joining allowance 230).
  • the second blank material may be similar to the second blank material 252 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and may be a fan-shaped sheet material.
  • the upper end portion of the annular body is folded inward at a position corresponding to the continuous portion 235, so that the first contact wall portion 233 and
  • an upper forming portion (a structural portion corresponding to the upper wall 205) can be formed, and a lower forming portion (a structural portion corresponding to the lower wall 206) is further formed. can do.
  • the side wall forming member 223 is formed.
  • first contact wall portion 233 and the second contact wall portion 234 are bonded to the bonding margin 230.
  • first contact wall portion 233, the second contact wall portion 234, and the continuous portion 235 are bonded to the bonding margin 230 to form a bonded portion.
  • the lid body 201 it is preferable to use the above-mentioned annular body formed from the second blank material.
  • the lower end of the joint allowance 230 (second portion 232) of the canopy forming member 222 is located at the boundary position between the lower forming part and the upper forming part (the boundary position between the upper wall 2505 and the lower wall 206) on the inner peripheral surface of the annular body. ), and the joining margin 230 is made to face the inner circumferential surface of the annular body. Further, as described above, by folding back the upper end portion of the annular body inward at a position corresponding to the continuous portion 235 in the annular body, the joining margin 230 is covered from the upper end side.
  • the joining margin 230 is joined to the annular body that will become the side wall part forming member 223 so as to be sandwiched between the first contact wall part 233 and the second contact wall part 234.
  • the side wall forming member 223 is formed and the lid 201 is obtained.
  • the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are made from blank materials (first blank material, second blank material). After the shape deformation (shaping) when manufacturing the lid body 201 to obtain the lid body 201, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the shape will return to its original shape.
  • the lid 201 according to the seventh embodiment is similar to the fifth embodiment in that it has a canopy part 202 and a side wall part 203 and can be fitted into a container. It is.
  • the lid body 201 according to the seventh embodiment has a configuration in which a part of the side wall portion 203 extends above and below the canopy portion 202 .
  • the side wall portion 203 has an annular (including cylindrical) shape, and includes an upper wall 205 and a lower wall 206.
  • the lower wall 206 is a portion extending downward from the canopy portion 202, and the upper wall 205 is comprised of a portion of the side wall portion 203 excluding the lower wall 206.
  • the side wall portion 203 is formed to taper downward. Further, in the examples shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, a through portion 210 is formed at a predetermined position of the canopy portion 202, but this is only an example.
  • the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 are formed of separate members.
  • the lid body 201 has a canopy forming member 222 and a side wall forming member 223 as the above-mentioned separate members, and the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are joined together. It has a joint that
  • the canopy forming member 222 includes a first portion corresponding to the canopy 202 (the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222), and a second portion extending from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231 (the canopy forming member 222).
  • the second portion 232) of the portion forming member 222 is the joining allowance 230 shown in the first modification of the fifth embodiment.
  • the second portion of the canopy forming member 222 is a portion (hanging portion) extending diagonally downward or directly downward from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231, and the side wall forming member 222
  • the second portion 232 becomes a part of the side wall portion 203 in a state where the second portion 232 is joined to the second portion 232 .
  • the side wall forming member 223 is formed in an annular shape (including a cylindrical shape) and includes a portion forming the upper wall 205 (upper forming portion) and a portion forming the lower wall 206 (lower forming portion).
  • the lower part forming part has a part (lower first contact wall part 237) that is in contact at least on the outer surface side with the joining margin 230 which becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222.
  • the lower part forming part is a part (lower first contact wall part 237) that contacts the joint allowance 230, which becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222, on the inner surface side. 2 contact wall portions 238 ), and a lower end side continuous portion 239 that further connects the lower first contact wall portion 237 and the lower second contact wall portion 238 . It covers the lower end surface of the joining margin 230 which becomes the portion 232 of No. 2.
  • the upper end of the lower second contact wall portion 238 is located on the lower surface (opposing surface 273) side of the first portion 231 of the canopy portion forming member 222, and in the example of FIGS.
  • the upper end of the first portion 231 Preferably, it is spaced apart from. It is preferable that the edge 103 of the container 101 (for example, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the curled part) can fit between the first part and the upper end of the lower second contact wall part 238.
  • the upper wall 205 (upper forming part) is a part that extends upward (diagonally upward in FIG. 17B) with the upper end of the lower first contact wall 237 as the base end. ing.
  • the upper wall 205 (upper forming part) is preferably located above the upper surface of the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222 in terms of the vertical position.
  • the upper forming part has a curled part (side wall upper end curled part 236) formed on its upper end side.
  • the end face of the blank material (the second blank material for forming the side wall part forming member 223) from being exposed at the upper end of the upper forming part, and the user can Even when the user ingests the contents in the container 101 by placing his or her mouth on the end surface of the blank material, it is possible to suppress the discomfort caused by the user's mouth touching the end surface of the blank material. Further, by forming the side wall upper end curl portion 236, liquid is less likely to come into contact with the portion of the side wall portion 203 that corresponds to the end surface of the blank material.
  • the lid body 201 according to the seventh embodiment can be formed by processing a blank material.
  • the blank materials include blank materials for forming the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 (as described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, the first blank material and the second blank material, respectively). ) can be used. At least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material and the second blank material is formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment. good.
  • the first blank material for forming the canopy part forming member 222 may be the same as the first blank material 251 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and the shape of the canopy part 202 may be A sheet material formed in a shape that further includes a joining allowance 230 may be used. It is preferable that the canopy part forming member 222 forms a first part 231 corresponding to the canopy part 202 and a second part 232 which becomes the joining margin 230 by bending and forming a first blank material. That is, the second portion 232 is preferably formed by bending the first blank material downward at the peripheral edge of the first portion 231 .
  • the second blank material may be similar to the second blank material 252 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and may be a fan-shaped sheet material.
  • the lower end portion of the annular body is folded inward at a position corresponding to the lower end side continuous portion 239, thereby forming a lower first contact wall. 237, the lower second contact wall portion 238, and the lower end side continuous portion 239, a lower forming portion (lower wall 206) can be formed, and further an upper forming portion (upper wall 205) can be formed.
  • the side wall forming member 223 is formed.
  • the lid body 201 it is preferable to use the above-mentioned annular body formed from the second blank material.
  • the upper end of the joint allowance 230 (second portion 232) of the canopy forming member 222 is located at the boundary position between the lower forming part and the upper forming part (the boundary position between the upper wall 205 and the lower wall 206) on the inner peripheral surface of the annular body. ), and the joining margin 230 is made to face the inner circumferential surface of the annular body. Further, as described above, by folding back the lower end portion of the annular body inward at a position corresponding to the lower end side continuous portion 239 of the annular body, the joint allowance 230 is covered from the lower end side.
  • the joining margin 230 is joined (adhered) to the lower forming part (the annular body forming the side wall forming member 223) so as to be sandwiched between the lower first contact wall part 237 and the lower second contact wall part 238.
  • the side wall forming member 223 is formed and the lid 201 is obtained.
  • the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are made from blank materials (first blank material, second blank material). After the shape deformation (shaping) when manufacturing the lid body 201 to obtain the lid body 201, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the shape will return to its original shape.
  • FIG. 14A shows a structure in which the lid 1 according to the first embodiment is joined to the edge 103 forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 of the container 101 having the opening 102 formed at the upper end.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an example in which the edge portion 103 and the opposing surface are in contact with each other (the edge portion 103 is in contact with a portion of the opposing surface).
  • FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line II in FIG. 14A. The description of the lidded container 150 will be continued using FIGS. 14A and 14B.
  • the container with a lid 150 has a joint 151 where the container 101 and the lid 1 are joined, and the region of the lid 1 that forms the joint 151 is the joint region R.
  • the method of joining the lid 1 and the container 101 is not particularly limited, and a joining method such as a pressure bonding method or a heat sealing method can be used as appropriate. Below, the case where the lid 1 according to the first embodiment is used in a container with a lid 150 will be described as an example.
  • the container 101 has a cylindrical side wall 104 whose diameter increases upward (tapering downward) and a bottom 107, and has a space inside.
  • the container body 110 has a container body 110 forming a section 105, and an opening 102 that is opened at the upper end of the container body 110 (the upper end of the side wall 104).
  • the opening 102 of the container 101 is formed in a circular shape.
  • the container 101 shown here is an example, and the configuration of the container 101 is not limited.
  • the opening 102 of the container 101 may be formed into a rectangular shape.
  • the container 101 may be of any type as long as the opening 102 can be covered with the lid 1.
  • what is stored inside the container 101 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a liquid, a solid, or a combination thereof.
  • the edge 103 forming the opening 102 (surrounding the opening 102) has a flange.
  • the flange portion formed on the edge 103 may be a curled portion 108 formed by winding the member forming the container body 110 outward, as shown in FIGS. 14A, 14B, etc. It may be formed as a portion (flange portion) extending upward.
  • the lid 1 according to the first embodiment may be combined with a container 101 having an opening 102.
  • the lid 1 according to the fifth embodiment can be used, for example, in a container with a lid 350, as shown in FIG. 21.
  • FIG. 21 shows that the lid 1 according to the fifth embodiment is fitted to the edge 103 forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 of the container 101 having the opening 102 formed at the upper end.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the body 1 is brought into contact with the body 1 (the edge 103 and the canopy part 202 are brought into contact).
  • the container with a lid 350 can be obtained by fitting the lid 201 to the edge 103 of the container 101 so as to cover the opening 102.
  • the lid 1 according to the fifth embodiment may be combined with a container 101 having an opening 102.
  • the lid 1, 201, etc. according to the present invention can be applied to many types of lids 1, 201, etc. as described above. Further, it is also possible to apply the present invention to lid bodies 1, 201, etc. in other aspects than those described above.
  • the lid according to the present invention has been described in detail above, the lid according to the present invention is merely exemplified and is not limited thereto. Therefore, changes may be made as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the invention.
  • the structure of the above-described cover body may be applied by using the structure of the cover body of each example independently, or by appropriately combining the structure of the cover body of each example.
  • the present invention may adopt the configurations shown in [E1] to [E22] below.
  • [E2] A bonding area corresponding portion corresponding to a region to be bonded to the container along the edge of the container, and a lid area corresponding portion comprising a portion inside from the bonding area corresponding portion,
  • the blank material has a penetration part cut from one side to the other side, and a cross section of the fiber sheet is exposed on the peripheral surface of the penetration part, and at least one part of the cross section is exposed.
  • the lid body according to [E1] or [E2] above, wherein the resin material is exposed in the portion.
  • the lid region corresponding portion includes a base portion having a small opening having a smaller opening area than the opening surrounded by the edge of the container, and a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening.
  • the small lid portion is configured to be rotatable with respect to the base portion around the hinge portion; Any one of "the above [E3] to [E8]" subordinate to the above [E2], wherein the part is formed at the boundary between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid part and the opening edge of the small opening.
  • the lid body described in. [E10] The lid according to [E9] above, wherein a knob is provided on the upper surface side of the small lid.
  • the knob has a tab member, and the tab member is joined to the upper surface side of the small lid.
  • [E12] The above-mentioned [E12] having a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state where the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge. E9] to [E11].
  • An extending portion is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base portion, and the base portion and the extending portion are integrally formed from the blank material, [E9] to [E12] above.
  • the lid described in any one of the above.
  • [E14] The lid body according to [E13] above, wherein the hinge portion is formed between the extending portion and the tip of the small lid portion.
  • the small lid has a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state where the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge, the small lid A knob is provided on the upper surface side, a claw is provided on the knob, and an extension is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base, and the extension and the receiving part are connected to the holding structure.
  • [E17] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E16] above, in which a window is formed.
  • [E18] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E17] above, wherein at least some of the resin material is impregnated between at least some of the fibers.
  • [E19] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E18] above, which is formed so that it can be joined and/or fitted to a container having an edge.
  • [E20] A container with a lid, comprising the lid according to any one of [E1] to [E19] above, and the container having the edge, and the lid is joined to the container. .
  • [E21] A combination of a lid and a container, comprising the lid according to any one of [E1] to [E19] above, and the container having the edge.
  • a method for manufacturing a lid body including a dipping step of immersing a fiber sheet in a dipping liquid containing a resin material, and a drying step of drying the fiber sheet containing the dipping liquid.
  • a shaping process is performed to shape the fiber sheet containing the immersion liquid during or before the drying process.

Abstract

The present invention provides: a cover member which is capable of suppressing moisture penetration into fibers that constitute the cover member, while making it possible to bond a container and the cover member to each other by a sealing method even if the kind of a resin that constitutes a resin coat layer formed on the surface of the container is diversified; a container with a cover member; a combination of a cover member and a container; and a method for producing a cover member.　A cover member according to the present invention is formed of a blank material so as to be contactable with a container that has an edge part; the blank material comprises a fiber sheet which contains fibers that are formed from a paper material; and a resin material adheres to at least some of the fibers that form the inner part of the fiber sheet.

Description

蓋体、蓋体付き容器、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ、及び蓋体の製造方法Lid, container with lid, combination of lid and container, and manufacturing method of lid
　本発明は、蓋体、蓋体付き容器、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ、及び蓋体の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a lid, a container with a lid, a combination of a lid and a container, and a method for manufacturing a lid.
　上端に開口部を形成した容器に飲食料品等（以下においては「内容物」とも言う。）を収容して蓋体を取り付けることで容器内を閉じた状態で提供することが広く行われている。 It is widely practiced to store food and beverages, etc. (hereinafter also referred to as "contents") in a container with an opening at the top end, and then provide the container with the container closed by attaching a lid. There is.
　容器に取り付けられる蓋体としては、環境負荷軽減の観点から、紙系素材を用いたものを用いることが求められている。容器に蓋体を取り付ける方法としては、熱プレス等の方法を用いて蓋体を容器の上端の開口部の外周を形成する縁部に接合する方法（シール法）が知られている。蓋体に収容された内容物を摂取する方法としては、蓋を取り外す方法や、特許文献１に記載された蓋体のようにタブを設ける方法が知られている。特許文献１に開示された蓋体では、使用者がタブを摘んで引き上げると、ベル形又はひょうたん形の孔が開口し、飲み口が形成されるように構成されている。 The lid attached to the container is required to be made of paper-based material from the perspective of reducing environmental impact. As a method for attaching a lid to a container, there is a known method (sealing method) in which the lid is bonded to the edge forming the outer periphery of the opening at the upper end of the container using a method such as a heat press. As a method for ingesting the contents stored in the lid, there are known methods such as removing the lid and providing a tab as in the lid described in Patent Document 1. The lid disclosed in Patent Document 1 is configured such that when the user pinches and pulls up the tab, a bell-shaped or gourd-shaped hole opens to form a drinking spout.
　また、容器に蓋体を取り付ける方法としては、蓋体が天面部と曲がり部と側壁部を有する場合には、曲がり部や天面部と側壁部の組み合わせ等の構造部を容器の縁部に嵌め合わせることで、蓋体を容器の上端の開口部の外周を形成する縁部に接触させた状態を形成する方法（嵌合法）が知られている。このような蓋体を形成する方法としては、蓋体を形成するためのブランク材を賦形することで形成する方法が知られている。 In addition, when the lid has a top part, a bent part, and a side wall part, the method of attaching the lid to the container is to fit the structural part such as the bent part or the combination of the top part and the side wall part to the edge of the container. A method (fitting method) is known in which the lid body is brought into contact with the edge forming the outer periphery of the opening at the upper end of the container by fitting the lid body together. As a method for forming such a lid, a method is known in which a blank material for forming the lid is shaped.
国際公開第２０１６／０６９７５５号公報International Publication No. 2016/069755
　特許文献１に記載の技術では、蓋体が紙系素材で形成されている場合に、蓋体を構成する繊維内に水分が浸透して蓋体のコシが大きく損なわれ蓋体の強度が減少する虞がある。したがって、蓋体を構成する繊維内への水分浸透を抑制する点で改善の余地がある。 In the technology described in Patent Document 1, when the lid body is made of a paper-based material, moisture penetrates into the fibers that make up the lid body, greatly impairing the stiffness of the lid body and reducing the strength of the lid body. There is a possibility that Therefore, there is room for improvement in suppressing moisture penetration into the fibers constituting the lid.
　また、水分の浸透を抑制するためには蓋体の表面上（容器との対向面等の上）に樹脂層を形成することも考えられる。しかしながら、容器の表面には、通常、容器の防水用に樹脂コート層が形成されており、樹脂層を構成する樹脂材料の材質によっては樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂との接着性が損なわれ、シール法で容器と蓋体とを接着することが困難になる虞を生じる。したがって、容器の表面に形成された樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂の種類が多様化してもシール法で容器と蓋体とを接着することを可能とする点で改善の余地がある。 Furthermore, in order to suppress the penetration of moisture, it is also possible to form a resin layer on the surface of the lid (on the surface facing the container, etc.). However, a resin coat layer is usually formed on the surface of the container to make the container waterproof, and depending on the material of the resin material that makes up the resin layer, the adhesiveness with the resin that makes up the resin coat layer may be impaired. There is a risk that it will be difficult to adhere the container and the lid using the sealing method. Therefore, even if the types of resins constituting the resin coat layer formed on the surface of the container are diversified, there is still room for improvement in terms of making it possible to bond the container and the lid using a sealing method.
　また、蓋体が紙系素材で形成されている場合おいて、蓋体がブランク材の賦形によって天面部と曲がり部と側壁部を形成する場合には、側壁部や曲がり部等を形成した後に紙系素材の復元力の作用で形状の戻りが生じる可能性がある。曲がり部等で形状の戻りが生じた場合に、蓋体を容器に嵌合させても、蓋体と容器との接触が緩み、蓋体と容器との隙間を生じやすくなり、容器の内容物が隙間から零れる虞がある。 In addition, in the case where the lid body is formed of a paper-based material, if the lid body forms a top surface, a curved part, and a side wall by shaping a blank material, it is necessary to form the side wall, the curved part, etc. There is a possibility that the shape will return to shape later due to the restoring force of the paper-based material. If the shape returns at a bend, etc., even if the lid is fitted onto the container, the contact between the lid and the container will loosen, creating a gap between the lid and the container, which may cause the contents of the container to There is a risk that it may spill out from the gap.
　本発明は、このような問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、蓋体を構成する繊維内への水分浸透を抑制することができるとともに、容器の表面に形成された樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂の種類が多様化してもシール法で容器と蓋体とを接着することが可能な蓋体、蓋体付き容器、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ、及び蓋体の製造方法を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明のさらなる目的としては、ブランク材の賦形後における形状の戻りを抑制することの可能な蓋体、蓋体付き容器、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ、及び蓋体の製造方法を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of these problems, and is capable of suppressing moisture penetration into the fibers that make up the lid, and also makes it possible to suppress the penetration of moisture into the fibers that make up the lid. The purpose of the present invention is to provide a lid body, a container with a lid body, a combination of a lid body and a container, and a method for manufacturing the lid body, which can bond the container and the lid body using a sealing method even when the types of resins are diversified. shall be. Further, a further object of the present invention is to provide a lid, a container with a lid, a combination of the lid and the container, and a method for manufacturing the lid, which can prevent the blank from returning to its shape after being shaped. The purpose is to
　本発明は、次の（１）から（２１）にかかる発明を要旨としている。 The gist of the present invention is the inventions according to the following (1) to (21).
（１）縁部を有する容器に接触可能に形成され、且つ、ブランク材から形成されており、前記ブランク材は、紙系素材から形成された繊維を含む繊維シートを有し、前記繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の前記繊維に樹脂材料が付着している、蓋体。
（２）前記容器の前記縁部に沿って前記容器に接合される領域に対応する接合領域対応部と、前記接合領域対応部から内側の部分で構成される蓋領域対応部とを有し、少なくとも前記接合領域対応部に対応する部分では、前記繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の前記繊維に前記樹脂材料が付着している、上記（１）に記載の蓋体。
（３）前記ブランク材の一方面から他方面まで切り込まれた貫通部を備えており、前記貫通部の周面部に、前記繊維シートの断面が露出しており、且つ、該断面の少なくとも一部に前記樹脂材料が露出している、上記（２）に記載の蓋体。
（４）前記貫通部の前記周面部を端部とし、前記端部から離れる方向に上り傾斜する傾斜部を有する、上記（３）に記載の蓋体。
（５）前記傾斜部における前記繊維シートを構成する前記繊維の密度が、前記傾斜部の前記端部に近い位置ほど高い、上記（４）に記載の蓋体。
（６）前記蓋領域対応部に、前記蓋領域対応部における分断位置を案内する脆弱化部が設けられており、前記脆弱化部は、複数の前記貫通部と、少なくとも２つの前記貫通部の間に形成された少なくとも一つの連続部とを有する、上記（３）に記載の蓋体。
（７）前記連続部は、ハーフカット構造を有する、上記（６）に記載の蓋体。
（８）前記脆弱化部は、前記連続部の周囲に放射状に複数の前記貫通部を形成している、上記（６）に記載の蓋体。
（９）前記蓋領域対応部は、前記容器の前記縁部で囲まれた開口部よりも小さな開口面積を有する小開口部を有するベース部と、前記小開口部を開閉する小蓋部と、前記ベース部と前記小蓋部とを繋げるヒンジ部とを備え、前記小蓋部は、前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して回動可能に構成されており、少なくとも一部の前記貫通部が、前記小蓋部の外周縁と前記小開口部の前記開口縁との境界位置に形成されている、上記（３）に記載の蓋体。
（１０）前記小蓋部の上面側に摘み部が設けられている、上記（９）に記載の蓋体。
（１１）前記摘み部は、タブ部材を有しており、前記タブ部材は、前記小蓋部の上面側に接合されている、上記（１０）に記載の蓋体。
（１２）前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して前記小蓋部を回動して前記小開口部を開放した状態で前記小蓋部を保持する保持構造を有している、上記（９）に記載の蓋体。
（１３）前記ベース部の外周縁に延出部を形成しており、前記ベース部と前記延出部は、前記ブランク材から一体的に形成されている、上記（９）に記載の蓋体。
（１４）前記延出部と前記小蓋部の先端との間に前記ヒンジ部が形成されている、上記（１３）に記載の蓋体。
（１５）前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して前記小蓋部を回動して前記小開口部を開放した状態で前記小蓋部を保持する保持構造を有し、前記小蓋部の上面側に摘み部が設けられており、前記摘み部に爪部が設けられ、前記ベース部の外周縁に延出部を形成しており、前記延出部と前記受け部が前記保持構造を形成する、上記（９）に記載の蓋体。
（１６）隆起部が形成されている、上記（１）に記載の蓋体。
（１７）少なくとも一部の前記繊維の間に少なくとも一部の前記樹脂材料が含浸されている、上記（１）に記載の蓋体。
（１８）上記（１）に記載の蓋体と、前記縁部を有する前記容器と、を有し、前記蓋体を前記容器に接合した、蓋体付き容器。
（１９）上記（１）に記載の蓋体と、前記縁部を有する前記容器と、を有する、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ。
（２０）繊維シートを樹脂材料を含む浸漬液に浸漬する浸漬工程と、前記浸漬液を含む前記繊維シートを乾燥する乾燥工程と、を含む、蓋体の製造方法。
（２１）前記乾燥工程の途中または前記乾燥工程の前に、前記浸漬液を含む前記繊維シートを賦形する賦形処理を行う、上記（２０）に記載の蓋体の製造方法。 (1) It is formed so as to be able to come into contact with a container having an edge, and is made of a blank material, and the blank material has a fiber sheet containing fibers made of a paper-based material, and the blank material has a fiber sheet containing fibers made of a paper-based material. A lid body, wherein a resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside.
(2) having a joint region corresponding portion corresponding to a region joined to the container along the edge of the container, and a lid region corresponding portion comprising a portion inside from the joint region corresponding portion; The lid according to (1) above, wherein the resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet in at least a portion corresponding to the joint region corresponding portion.
(3) The blank material has a penetration part cut from one side to the other side, and a cross section of the fiber sheet is exposed on the peripheral surface of the penetration part, and at least one part of the cross section is exposed. The lid according to (2) above, wherein the resin material is exposed in the portion.
(4) The lid body according to (3) above, which has an inclined portion that has the circumferential surface portion of the penetrating portion as an end portion and slopes upward in a direction away from the end portion.
(5) The lid according to (4) above, wherein the density of the fibers constituting the fiber sheet in the inclined portion is higher at a position closer to the end of the inclined portion.
(6) The lid area corresponding part is provided with a weakened part that guides the dividing position in the lid area compatible part, and the weakened part includes a plurality of the through parts and at least two of the through parts. and at least one continuous portion formed between the lids according to (3) above.
(7) The lid according to (6) above, wherein the continuous portion has a half-cut structure.
(8) The lid according to (6) above, wherein the weakened portion has a plurality of through portions formed radially around the continuous portion.
(9) The lid region corresponding portion includes a base portion having a small opening having a smaller opening area than the opening surrounded by the edge of the container, and a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening. a hinge portion connecting the base portion and the small lid portion; the small lid portion is configured to be rotatable with respect to the base portion around the hinge portion; The lid body according to (3) above, wherein the portion is formed at a boundary position between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid portion and the opening edge of the small opening portion.
(10) The lid according to (9) above, wherein a knob is provided on the upper surface side of the small lid.
(11) The lid according to (10), wherein the knob has a tab member, and the tab member is joined to the upper surface side of the small lid.
(12) The above-mentioned ( 9) The lid body described in 9).
(13) The lid according to (9) above, wherein an extending portion is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base portion, and the base portion and the extending portion are integrally formed from the blank material. .
(14) The lid body according to (13) above, wherein the hinge portion is formed between the extending portion and the tip of the small lid portion.
(15) A holding structure that holds the small lid in a state in which the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge, the small lid A knob is provided on the upper surface side, a claw is provided on the knob, and an extension is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base, and the extension and the receiving part are connected to the holding structure. The lid body according to (9) above, which forms a lid.
(16) The lid according to (1) above, in which a raised portion is formed.
(17) The lid according to (1) above, wherein at least some of the resin material is impregnated between at least some of the fibers.
(18) A container with a lid, comprising the lid according to (1) above, and the container having the edge, the lid being joined to the container.
(19) A combination of a lid and a container, comprising the lid according to (1) above and the container having the edge.
(20) A method for manufacturing a lid body, comprising a dipping step of dipping a fiber sheet in a dipping liquid containing a resin material, and a drying step of drying the fiber sheet containing the dipping liquid.
(21) The method for manufacturing a lid body according to (20) above, wherein a shaping process is performed to shape the fiber sheet containing the immersion liquid during or before the drying process.
　本発明によれば、蓋体を構成する繊維内への水分浸透を抑制することができるとともに、容器の表面に形成された樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂の種類が多様化してもシール法で容器と蓋体とを接着することが可能な蓋体、蓋体付き容器、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ、及び蓋体の製造方法が提供される。そして、蓋体がブランク材の賦形によって形成される場合には、フランク材の賦形後における形状の戻りを抑制することの可能な蓋体、蓋体付き容器、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ、及び蓋体の製造方法を提供することが可能となる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to suppress moisture penetration into the fibers that make up the lid, and even if the types of resin that make up the resin coat layer formed on the surface of the container are diversified, the sealing method can still be applied to the container. A lid body, a container with a lid body, a combination of a lid body and a container, and a manufacturing method of a lid body are provided. When the lid is formed by shaping a blank material, a lid, a container with a lid, and a combination of a lid and a container that can suppress the return of the shape after shaping the flank material; It also becomes possible to provide a method for manufacturing a lid body.
図１Ａは、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図１Ｂは、図１ＡのＡ－Ａ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。図１Ｃは、貫通部の周面部の一部を示す断面図である。FIG. 1A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the first embodiment. FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a longitudinal cross-section taken along the line AA in FIG. 1A. FIG. 1C is a cross-sectional view showing a part of the peripheral surface of the penetrating portion. 図２Ａ、図２Ｂは、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体の傾斜部の一実施例を表す断面図である。FIGS. 2A and 2B are cross-sectional views showing an example of the inclined portion of the lid according to the first embodiment. 図３Ａは、第１の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図３Ｂは、第１の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。FIG. 3A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 1 of the first embodiment. FIG. 3B is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 2 of the first embodiment. 図４Ａ、図４Ｂは、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体の他の一実施例を表す平面図である。4A and 4B are plan views showing another example of the lid body according to the first embodiment. 図５Ａは、第３の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図５Ｂは、図５ＡのＢ－Ｂ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 5A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the third embodiment. FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line BB in FIG. 5A. 図６Ａは、第４の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図６Ｂは、図６ＡのＣ－Ｃ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 6A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line CC in FIG. 6A. 図７Ａは、第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図７Ｂは、図７ＡのＤ－Ｄ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 7A is a plan view showing an example of the lid according to the second embodiment. FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line DD in FIG. 7A. 図８Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図８Ｂは、図８ＡのＥ－Ｅ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 8A is a plan view showing an example of a lid according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment. FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line EE in FIG. 8A. 図９Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例３にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図９Ｂは、図９ＡのＦ－Ｆ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。図９Ｃは、保持構造の一実施例を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 9A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to modification 3 of the second embodiment. FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line FF in FIG. 9A. FIG. 9C is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the holding structure. 図１０は、第２の実施形態の変形例３にかかる蓋体の他の一実施例を表す平面図である。FIG. 10 is a plan view showing another example of the lid body according to the third modification of the second embodiment. 図１１Ａ、図１１Ｂは、第３の実施形態にかかる蓋体の他の一実施例を表す平面図である。図１１Ｃは、図１１ＢのＧ－Ｇ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。11A and 11B are plan views showing another example of the lid body according to the third embodiment. FIG. 11C is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line GG in FIG. 11B. 図１２Ａは、第３の実施形態にかかる蓋体の接続構造の一実施例を表す平面図である。図１２Ｂは、ハーフカット部を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 12A is a plan view showing an example of the lid connection structure according to the third embodiment. FIG. 12B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a half-cut portion. 図１３Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図１３Ｂは、図１３ＡのＨ－Ｈ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 13A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 2 of the second embodiment. FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line HH in FIG. 13A. 図１４Ａは、蓋体付き容器の一実施例を表す平面図である。図１４Ｂは、図１４ＡのＩ－Ｉ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 14A is a plan view showing an example of a container with a lid. FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line II in FIG. 14A. 図１５Ａは、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す斜視図である。図１５Ｂは、図１５ＡのＮ－Ｎ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 15A is a perspective view showing an example of the lid according to the fifth embodiment. FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line NN in FIG. 15A. 図１６Ａは、第６の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す斜視図である。図１６Ｂは、図１６ＡのＪ－Ｊ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 16A is a perspective view showing an example of the lid according to the sixth embodiment. FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line JJ in FIG. 16A. 図１７Ａは、第７の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す斜視図である。図１７Ｂは、図１７ＡのＫ－Ｋ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 17A is a perspective view showing an example of the lid according to the seventh embodiment. FIG. 17B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line KK in FIG. 17A. 図１８Ａは、第５の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図１８Ｂは、図１８Ａ8のＬ－Ｌ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 18A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line LL in FIG. 18A8. 図１９Ａ、図１９Ｂは、第５の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体のブランク材の一実施例を表す平面図である。19A and 19B are plan views showing an example of a blank material for a lid body according to Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment. 図２０Ａは、第５の実施形態の変形例４にかかる蓋体の一実施例を表す平面図である。図２０Ｂは、図２０ＡのＭ－Ｍ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 20A is a plan view showing an example of a lid body according to modification 4 of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line MM in FIG. 20A. 図２１は、蓋体付き容器の一実施例を表す断面図である。FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing an example of a container with a lid.
　以下、本発明に係る蓋体について、図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。なお、本発明に係る蓋体は、コーヒーカップのような各種の飲料物を入れる容器（カップ）に対して用いられる蓋体を例として挙げて説明するが、飲料物を入れる容器の蓋体に限定されるものではなく、飲料物以外の食料品を収容する容器の蓋体としても適用することが可能である。また、本発明に係る蓋体は、飲食物以外の各種物品、例えばボルトやナット等といった部品や、上記した以外の物品を収容することのできる容器にも適用することができる。さらに、本発明に係る蓋体は、平面視したときの形状が円形状であるものの例を用いて以下においては説明するが、蓋体の形状は平面視したときに円形状であるものに限定されることはなく、楕円形状、矩形状、三角形状などの多角形状、面取り矩形状、面取り多角形状等、円形状以外の各種の形状にも適用することができる。 Hereinafter, the lid according to the present invention will be explained in detail based on the drawings. The lid according to the present invention will be explained by taking as an example a lid used for a container (cup) for holding various beverages, such as a coffee cup, but it may also be used for a lid for a container for storing a beverage. The invention is not limited to this, and can also be applied as a lid for a container containing foodstuffs other than beverages. Furthermore, the lid according to the present invention can also be applied to containers that can accommodate various items other than food and drink, such as parts such as bolts and nuts, and items other than those mentioned above. Further, although the lid according to the present invention will be described below using an example of a lid having a circular shape when viewed from above, the shape of the lid is limited to one having a circular shape when viewed from above. The present invention can also be applied to various shapes other than circular shapes, such as polygonal shapes such as elliptical shapes, rectangular shapes, and triangular shapes, chamfered rectangular shapes, and chamfered polygonal shapes.
　以下、本発明に関係した第１の実施形態、第２の実施形態、第３の実施形態、第４の実施形態、第５の実施形態、第６の実施形態、第７の実施形態、第８の実施形態及び適用例について、順次、図面を参照しながら説明する。本明細書及び図面において、実質的に同一の機能構成を有する構成については、同一の符号を付することにより重複説明を省略する。 Hereinafter, the first embodiment, second embodiment, third embodiment, fourth embodiment, fifth embodiment, sixth embodiment, seventh embodiment, and third embodiment related to the present invention will be described. The embodiments and application examples of No. 8 will be described in sequence with reference to the drawings. In this specification and the drawings, components having substantially the same functional configurations are designated by the same reference numerals and redundant explanation will be omitted.
　以下の説明は本発明の好適な具体例であり、本発明の内容は、これらの実施の形態等に限定されるものではない。また、以下の説明において、説明の便宜を考慮して、前後、左右、上下等の方向及び水平面の方向を示すが、本発明の内容はこれらの方向に限定されるものではない。図１から図２１の例では、Ｚ軸方向を上下方向（上側が＋Ｚ方向、下側が－Ｚ方向）、Ｘ軸方向を前後方向（後側が＋Ｘ方向、前側が－Ｘ方向）であるものとし、Ｚ軸方向を法線とする平面上に定められた互いに直交するＸ軸及びＹ軸に沿った方向をＸ軸方向及びＹ軸方向とし、さらにＸ軸とＹ軸で貼られた平面であるＸＹ平面が水平面であるものとし、これらに基づき説明を行う。図１から図２１の各図に示す大きさ等の相対的な大小比率は便宜上の記載であり、特に限定しない限り、実際の大小比率を限定するものではない。 The following description is a preferred specific example of the present invention, and the content of the present invention is not limited to these embodiments. Further, in the following description, directions such as front and back, left and right, up and down, and directions of a horizontal plane are shown for convenience of explanation, but the content of the present invention is not limited to these directions. In the examples shown in FIGS. 1 to 21, the Z-axis direction is the up-down direction (the upper side is the +Z direction, the lower side is the -Z direction), and the X-axis direction is the front-rear direction (the back side is the +X direction, the front side is the -X direction). , the directions along the mutually orthogonal X-axis and Y-axis defined on a plane with the Z-axis direction as the normal, and the plane pasted by the X-axis and Y-axis. The explanation will be based on the assumption that the XY plane is a horizontal plane. The relative size ratios shown in each of FIGS. 1 to 21 are for convenience, and unless otherwise specified, do not limit the actual size ratios.
［１　第１の実施形態］
［１－１　構成］
　第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂ等を用いて後述するように、上端に形成された開口部１０２と開口部１０２の外周を形成する上端縁部となる縁部１０３とを有する容器１０１に接触可能に形成されている。蓋体１と容器との接触する状態に関して、蓋体１は、図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂに示すように上端に形成された開口部１０２（縁部１０３で囲まれた部分で構成される開口部１０２）と開口部１０２の外周を形成する上端縁部となる縁部１０３とを有する容器１０１に接合可能に形成されている。図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂは、図１Ａ、図１Ｂ及び図１Ｃに示す蓋体１を容器１０１に接合した蓋体付き容器１５０の例を示す斜視図、断面図である。蓋体１は、縁部１０３に沿って接合されて用いることができるものである。蓋体１において、蓋体１の平面視上、縁部１０３に接合される領域を接合領域Ｒと呼ぶ。図１Ａは、蓋体１の一実施例を示す平面図である。図１Ｂは、図１ＡのＡ－Ａ線縦断面を模式的に示す断面図である。図１Ｃは、後述する貫通部１０の周面部１１の一部を拡大した状態を示す図である。なお、容器１０１としては、開口部１０２の縁部１０３に可撓性を有するものがより好ましく用いられる。ただし、これらのことは容器１０１が、金属製の容器など可撓性の少ないあるいはほとんど認められないような容器であることを禁止するものではない。 [1 First embodiment]
[1-1 Configuration]
The lid 1 according to the first embodiment has an opening 102 formed at the upper end and an edge serving as the upper edge forming the outer periphery of the opening 102, as described later using FIGS. 14A, 14B, etc. 103 and is formed so as to be able to come into contact with the container 101 having the same. Regarding the state of contact between the lid 1 and the container, the lid 1 has an opening 102 formed at the upper end (an opening 102 consisting of a portion surrounded by an edge 103) as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B. ) and an edge 103 serving as an upper edge forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 so as to be able to be joined to the container 101 . 14A and 14B are a perspective view and a sectional view showing an example of a container 150 with a lid, in which the lid 1 shown in FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1C is joined to the container 101. The lid 1 can be used by being joined along the edge 103. In the lid 1, a region joined to the edge 103 in a plan view of the lid 1 is referred to as a joining region R. FIG. 1A is a plan view showing one embodiment of the lid body 1. FIG. FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a longitudinal section taken along line AA in FIG. 1A. FIG. 1C is an enlarged view of a part of the peripheral surface 11 of the penetrating portion 10, which will be described later. Note that as the container 101, a container having flexibility at the edge 103 of the opening 102 is more preferably used. However, these things do not prohibit the container 101 from being a container with little or almost no flexibility, such as a metal container.
　接合領域Ｒは、図１Ａの例では、容器１０１の開口部１０２に応じた形状で開口部１０２に沿っておおむね環状に形成される領域に対応している。 In the example of FIG. 1A, the joining region R corresponds to a region formed roughly in an annular shape along the opening 102 with a shape corresponding to the opening 102 of the container 101.
（ブランク材）
　蓋体１は、ブランク材３０から形成されている。ブランク材３０は、蓋体１の材質に応じた材料で形成されたシート材料を蓋体１の形状に対応した形状に加工して得られるものである。なお、蓋体１がブランク材３０で形成されるとは、蓋体１がブランク材３０のみで形成されている場合に限定されず、蓋体１がブランク材３０にタブ部材２２等の部材を取り付けられた構造を有している場合を含み、また、蓋体１がブランク材３０に賦形処理（エンボス処理等）といった各種の加工処理が施される場合も含まれるものとする。 (Blank material)
The lid body 1 is formed from a blank material 30. The blank material 30 is obtained by processing a sheet material made of a material corresponding to the material of the lid 1 into a shape corresponding to the shape of the lid 1. Note that the lid 1 is not limited to the case where the lid 1 is formed of the blank material 30 only, and the lid 1 is formed of the blank material 30 with members such as the tab member 22. This includes a case where the lid body 1 has an attached structure, and also includes a case where the lid body 1 is subjected to various processing treatments such as shaping treatment (emboss treatment etc.) on the blank material 30.
（ブランク材の材質）
　ブランク材３０は、紙系素材を含む繊維を有する繊維シート３１と樹脂材料３２とを有するシート材料から形成される。図１Ａに示す第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１の例では、図１Ｃに示すように、ブランク材３０を形成するシート材料は、繊維シート３１の内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａに樹脂材料３２を付着した構造を備える。ブランク材３０は、シート材料と同様に、繊維シート３１の内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａに樹脂材料３２を含有させた構造を備える。 (Blank material)
The blank material 30 is formed from a sheet material having a fiber sheet 31 having fibers including a paper-based material and a resin material 32. In the example of the lid 1 according to the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1A, as shown in FIG. It has a structure to which a resin material 32 is attached. Like the sheet material, the blank material 30 has a structure in which at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31 contain a resin material 32.
（紙系素材を含む繊維シート）
　紙系素材を含む繊維シート３１としては、繊維原料のスラリーを網上に抄き取り、乾燥ないし押圧乾燥、抄紙してシート状にして得られる、いわゆる紙や、パルプ系繊維等からなる原料シートを粉砕機で粉砕して得られる粉砕パルプ等の開繊繊維原料を空気流によって積繊し、積繊体の繊維相互をバインダーで固定して得られるいわゆるエアレイドシート等、植物繊維、その他の繊維を膠着させて製造される所謂紙類を挙げることができる。また、紙系素材を含む繊維シートには、上記したような紙類を複数枚積層した積層構造を有するものが含まれる。また、繊維シート３１には、紙系素材の他、化学繊維や、耐水性等の機能を付与された繊維、金属繊維、ガラス繊維等のパルプ以外の繊維を有するシート材料が含まれる。 (Fiber sheet containing paper-based materials)
The fiber sheet 31 containing a paper-based material is a raw material sheet made of so-called paper, pulp-based fiber, etc., which is obtained by drawing a slurry of fiber raw materials onto a mesh, drying or pressing drying, and making paper into a sheet. Plant fibers and other fibers such as so-called air-laid sheets obtained by stacking spread fiber raw materials such as pulverized pulp obtained by crushing with a pulverizer using an air flow and fixing the fibers of the stack with a binder. Examples include so-called papers produced by sticking together. Further, fiber sheets containing paper-based materials include those having a laminated structure in which a plurality of sheets of paper as described above are laminated. In addition to paper-based materials, the fiber sheet 31 includes sheet materials having fibers other than pulp, such as chemical fibers, fibers with functions such as water resistance, metal fibers, and glass fibers.
　繊維シート３１は、繊維３１Ａのみで構成されていてもよいし（繊維３１Ａの交絡構造のみ）、複数の繊維３１Ａを架橋剤等で架橋した構造を有していてもよく、後述する樹脂材料を除く他の添加物を含むものでもよい。繊維シート３１において、複数の繊維３１Ａが架橋剤で相互に架橋されていることで、繊維シート３１の形状が安定化し、解繊された状態が形成されにくくなる。 The fiber sheet 31 may be composed of only the fibers 31A (only an intertwined structure of the fibers 31A), or may have a structure in which a plurality of fibers 31A are crosslinked with a crosslinking agent or the like, or may be made of a resin material described later. It may also contain other additives. In the fiber sheet 31, the plurality of fibers 31A are crosslinked with each other using a crosslinking agent, so that the shape of the fiber sheet 31 is stabilized and a defibrated state is less likely to be formed.
（繊維）
　繊維シート３１を構成する繊維３１Ａは、１つの単位繊維で構成されてもよいし、複数の単位繊維を交絡させた構造を有してもよく、いずれの構造を有する繊維についても繊維シート３１に含まれてよい。繊維シート３１は、このような構造を有する複数の繊維がさらに交絡した状態で形成されていることが好適である。 (fiber)
The fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 may be composed of one unit fiber, or may have a structure in which a plurality of unit fibers are intertwined. May be included. It is preferable that the fiber sheet 31 is formed by further intertwining a plurality of fibers having such a structure.
（紙系素材）
　紙系素材としては、パルプだけからなるもののほか、非パルプ系の天然繊維や合成繊維、再生繊維等の繊維を含むものであっても良いが、パルプを５０質量％以上含むことが好ましく、７０質量％以上含むものがより好ましく、更に８０質量％以上含むものが好ましいが、特にパルプ１００質量％からなるものが好ましい。紙系素材は、不織布、木箔等の木質系素材等、さらにはアルミ箔等の素材との複合材料も用いることができるが、複合材料とする場合、複合材料全体としてパルプを５０質量％以上含有することが好ましく、特に８０質量％以上のパルプを含むものが好ましい。パルプ含有分の高いほど、紙系素材が生分解されやすくなるため好ましい。 (Paper-based material)
The paper-based material may not only consist of pulp, but may also contain fibers such as non-pulp natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and recycled fibers, but preferably contains 50% by mass or more of pulp, and 70% by mass or more. Those containing at least 80% by mass are more preferred, and those containing at least 80% by mass are particularly preferred, and those containing 100% by mass are particularly preferred. As paper-based materials, non-woven fabrics, wood-based materials such as wood foil, and even composite materials with materials such as aluminum foil can be used, but in the case of composite materials, pulp must be at least 50% by mass of the entire composite material. It is preferable that the content of pulp is contained, and it is particularly preferable that the pulp content is 80% by mass or more. The higher the pulp content, the more easily the paper-based material is biodegradable, which is preferable.
（樹脂材料）
　繊維３１Ａに付着される樹脂材料３２は、特に限定されず、合成樹脂や天然樹脂等を例示することができる。合成樹脂としては例えば、ポリエチレン（ＰＥ）やポリプロピレン（ＰＰ）等のオレフィン系樹脂、ポリスチレン（ＰＳ）等のスチレン系樹脂、ポリアクリレートやポリメタクリレート等のアクリル系樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル（ＰＶＣ）やポリ酢酸ビニル等のビニル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート（ＰＥＴ）等のポリエステル系樹脂、フッ素系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂（ＰＣ）、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン（ＰＥＥＫ）やポリエーテルサルフォン（ＰＥＳ）等のポリエーテル系樹脂、またフェノール系樹脂、ユリア系樹脂、メラミン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、シリコン系樹脂、ポリアセタール系樹脂、ポリスルホン系樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド系樹脂、ポリブチレンテレフタレート（ＰＢＴ）等の熱硬化型樹脂等、ポリビニルアルコール（ＰＶＡ）、エチレン－酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂（ＥＶＡ）、ポリビニルアルコール誘導体、不飽和カルボン酸の重合体又は共重合体やその塩のような合成高分子が挙げられる。 (resin material)
The resin material 32 attached to the fibers 31A is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include synthetic resins and natural resins. Examples of synthetic resins include olefin resins such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP), styrene resins such as polystyrene (PS), acrylic resins such as polyacrylate and polymethacrylate, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), and polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Vinyl resins such as vinyl acetate, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins (PC), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), and polyether sulfone. (PES) and other polyether resins, phenolic resins, urea resins, melamine resins, epoxy resins, urethane resins, silicone resins, polyacetal resins, polysulfone resins, polyetherimide resins, Thermosetting resins such as butylene terephthalate (PBT), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer resin (EVA), polyvinyl alcohol derivatives, unsaturated carboxylic acid polymers or copolymers, and their salts. Examples include synthetic polymers.
　樹脂材料３２は、各種樹脂の中でも環境汚染の問題の少ない生分解性樹脂が好ましい。生分解性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリヒドロキシアルカノエート（ＰＨＡ）やＰＨＡ系共重合体等の微生物生産系生分解性樹脂；酢酸セルロース等のセルロース誘導体やトウモロコシデンプン等の澱粉を主原料とした澱粉系樹脂等の天然物系生分解性樹脂；ポリ乳酸（ＰＬＡ）、ポリ乳酸／ポリカプロラクトン共重合体、ポリ乳酸／ポリエーテル共重合体等の乳酸系樹脂、ポリブチレンサクシネート（ＰＢＳ）、ポリブチレンサクシネートアジペート（ＰＢＳＡ）、ポリエチレンテレフタレートサクシネート（ＰＥＴＳ）等のサクシネート系樹脂、ポリカプロラクトン、ポリビニルアルコール（ＰＶＡ）等の化学合成系生分解性樹脂等、カルボキシメチルセルロース（ＣＭＣ）、カルボキシエチルセルロース、カルボキシメチル化デンプン又はその塩、デンプン、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、ニトロセルロース、酢酸セルロース等のセルロース系樹脂等といった多糖誘導体、グアーガム、トラントガム、キサンタンガム、アルギン酸ナトリウム、カラギーナン、アラビアゴム、ゼラチン、カゼイン等のような天然多糖類等、その他、ポリグリコール酸（ＰＧＡ）、ポリブチレンアジペート／テレフタレート、生分解性ポリオレフィン（商品面：Ｂｉｏｒｅｃｏｖｅｒ、商品名；Ｃｒａ　Ｄｒｏｐ等）が挙げられる。 Among various resins, the resin material 32 is preferably a biodegradable resin that causes fewer environmental pollution problems. Examples of biodegradable resins include microbial-produced biodegradable resins such as polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) and PHA-based copolymers; starches mainly made from cellulose derivatives such as cellulose acetate and starch such as corn starch; Natural product-based biodegradable resins such as polylactic acid (PLA), polylactic acid/polycaprolactone copolymers, polylactic acid/polyether copolymers, etc., polybutylene succinate (PBS), polyester resins, etc. Succinate resins such as butylene succinate adipate (PBSA) and polyethylene terephthalate succinate (PETS), chemically synthesized biodegradable resins such as polycaprolactone and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), carboxyethyl cellulose, carboxy Polysaccharide derivatives such as methylated starch or its salts, starch, cellulose resins such as methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate, etc., natural substances such as guar gum, trantho gum, xanthan gum, sodium alginate, carrageenan, gum arabic, gelatin, casein, etc. Other examples include polysaccharides, polyglycolic acid (PGA), polybutylene adipate/terephthalate, and biodegradable polyolefins (product name: Biorecover, product name: CraDrop, etc.).
（樹脂材料の付着構造）
　繊維シート３１の内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａに少なくとも一部の樹脂材料３２が付着している。繊維３１Ａに樹脂材料３２が付着している場合には、繊維３１Ａの表面に樹脂材料３２が付着している場合や、繊維３１Ａの内部に樹脂材料３２が含浸されている場合が含まれる。また、繊維シート３１を構成する繊維３１Ａが、パルプのほかに、非パルプ系の天然繊維や合成繊維、再生繊維等の繊維を含む場合、樹脂材料３２の少なくとも一部は、繊維３１Ａのうちパルプで形成された繊維に付着する。すなわち、蓋体１においては、樹脂材料３２の少なくとも一部は、繊維３１Ａのうちパルプで形成された繊維に付着していることが好適である。ただしこのことは、樹脂材料３２の少なくとも一部は、繊維３１Ａのうち非パルプの天然繊維や合成繊維、再生繊維等の繊維に付着することを禁止するものではない。 (Resin material adhesion structure)
At least some of the resin material 32 is attached to at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31. The cases where the resin material 32 is attached to the fibers 31A include cases where the resin material 32 is attached to the surface of the fibers 31A, and cases where the inside of the fibers 31A is impregnated with the resin material 32. Further, when the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 include fibers such as non-pulp natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and recycled fibers in addition to pulp, at least a part of the resin material 32 is made of pulp among the fibers 31A. It attaches to the fibers formed by. That is, in the lid 1, it is preferable that at least a portion of the resin material 32 adheres to fibers made of pulp among the fibers 31A. However, this does not prohibit at least a portion of the resin material 32 from adhering to fibers such as non-pulp natural fibers, synthetic fibers, and recycled fibers among the fibers 31A.
　また、樹脂材料３２は、繊維シート３１を構成する繊維３１Ａの間に形成される空間（隙間空間）の少なくとも一部に充填されてよく（すなわち、少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａ間において樹脂材料３２が含浸されている状態が形成されてよく）、隙間空間が樹脂材料３２でおおむね占められてもよい。 Further, the resin material 32 may fill at least a portion of the space (gap space) formed between the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 (that is, the resin material 32 may be filled between at least some of the fibers 31A). (the interstitial space may be substantially occupied by the resin material 32).
　蓋体１は、接合領域対応部５Ａと蓋領域対応部５Ｂとを有する。 The lid body 1 has a joint area corresponding part 5A and a lid area corresponding part 5B.
（接合領域対応部）
　接合領域対応部５Ａは、蓋体１のうち容器１０１の縁部１０３に沿って容器１０１に接合される領域に対応する部分である。すなわち、接合領域対応部５Ａは、接合領域Ｒ（容器１０１の縁部１０３に向かい合う領域且つ容器１０１に接合される領域）に対応した蓋体１の部分である。接合領域対応部５Ａは、蓋体付き容器１５０においては、蓋体１のうち蓋体１と容器１０１との接合部１５１を形成する部分である。具体的には、蓋体１の平面視上（図１Ａの例ではＺ軸方向（上下方向）を視線方向とした場合）、接合領域Ｒを形成する部分が接合領域対応部５Ａとして定められる。接合領域対応部５Ａは、通常、図１Ａに示すように環状に形成されている。特に、図１Ａに示すように、容器１０１の縁部１０３がおおむね円環状に形成されている場合には、接合領域Ｒが円環状となり、接合領域対応部５Ａについても蓋体１の平面視上、おおむね円環状となる。接合領域対応部５Ａの外縁は、接合領域Ｒの外縁の位置に応じて定められる。接合領域対応部５Ａの外縁は、蓋体１の外周縁に位置していてもよいし、図１Ａの例に示すように蓋体１の外周縁よりも内側に位置してもよい。蓋体１と容器１０１との接合領域Ｒが連続的に形成されていない場合には、隣り合う接合領域Ｒで挟まれた部分且つ縁部１０３に向かい合う部分についても後述する接合領域対応部５Ａに含まれるものとする。 (Joint area corresponding part)
The bonding area corresponding portion 5A is a portion of the lid 1 that corresponds to a region that is bonded to the container 101 along the edge 103 of the container 101. That is, the joint region corresponding portion 5A is a portion of the lid 1 corresponding to the joint region R (the region facing the edge 103 of the container 101 and the region joined to the container 101). In the lidded container 150, the joint region corresponding portion 5A is a portion of the lid 1 that forms the joint 151 between the lid 1 and the container 101. Specifically, in a plan view of the lid 1 (in the example of FIG. 1A, when the Z-axis direction (vertical direction) is the viewing direction), a portion forming the joint region R is defined as the joint region corresponding portion 5A. The joint region corresponding portion 5A is usually formed in an annular shape as shown in FIG. 1A. Particularly, as shown in FIG. 1A, when the edge 103 of the container 101 is formed approximately in an annular shape, the joining region R becomes an annular shape, and the joining region corresponding portion 5A is also formed in a plan view of the lid 1. , is roughly circular. The outer edge of the bonding area corresponding portion 5A is determined according to the position of the outer edge of the bonding area R. The outer edge of the joint region corresponding portion 5A may be located at the outer circumferential edge of the lid 1, or may be located inside the outer circumferential edge of the lid 1 as shown in the example of FIG. 1A. If the bonding region R between the lid 1 and the container 101 is not formed continuously, the portion sandwiched between the adjacent bonding regions R and the portion facing the edge 103 may also be formed into a bonding region corresponding portion 5A, which will be described later. shall be included.
　図１Ａの例に示す蓋体１においては、接合領域対応部５Ａに対応する部分では、繊維シート３１の内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａに樹脂材料３２が付着している。 In the lid 1 shown in the example of FIG. 1A, the resin material 32 is attached to at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31 in the portion corresponding to the joint area corresponding portion 5A.
（蓋領域対応部）
　蓋領域対応部５Ｂは、蓋体１のうち接合領域対応部５Ａから内側の部分である。すなわち蓋領域対応部５Ｂは接合領域対応部５Ａの内縁端から内側の部分であり、蓋領域対応部５Ｂの外周端が接合領域対応部５Ａの内縁端に共通する。蓋領域対応部５Ｂは、蓋体付き容器１５０において開口部１０２を覆う部分となっている。なお、開口部１０２を覆う部分とは、開口部１０２の少なくとも一部を覆う部分であり、第３の実施形態でも説明するように一部に窓部が形成されている場合及び第２の実施形態等でも説明するように小開口部を有する場合等が含まれる。なお、図１の例に示すように、蓋体１の蓋領域対応部５Ｂの外周端から外側の部分は、蓋領域非形成部５Ｃと称呼される（後述する第２の実施形態では蓋領域非形成部５Ｃは、ベース部２のうち接合領域対応部５Ａの内縁端から外側の部分に対応する。）。 (Lid area corresponding part)
The lid region corresponding portion 5B is a portion of the lid body 1 that is inside from the joint region corresponding portion 5A. That is, the lid region corresponding portion 5B is a portion inside from the inner edge of the joining region corresponding portion 5A, and the outer peripheral end of the lid region corresponding portion 5B is common to the inner edge of the joining region corresponding portion 5A. The lid region corresponding portion 5B is a portion of the lidded container 150 that covers the opening 102. Note that the part that covers the opening 102 is a part that covers at least a part of the opening 102, and includes a case where a window is formed in a part as described in the third embodiment, and a part that covers at least a part of the opening 102. As will be explained in the form etc., this includes the case where the opening has a small opening. In addition, as shown in the example of FIG. 1, the portion outside from the outer peripheral end of the lid region corresponding portion 5B of the lid body 1 is called a lid region non-forming portion 5C (in the second embodiment described later, the portion is called a lid region non-forming portion 5C). The non-forming portion 5C corresponds to a portion of the base portion 2 that is outward from the inner edge of the bonding region corresponding portion 5A).
（貫通部）
　蓋体１においては、少なくとも蓋領域対応部５Ｂに貫通部１０が形成されていることが好ましい。貫通部１０は、ブランク材３０の一方面から他方面まで上下方向（厚み方向、Ｚ軸方向）に切り込まれた構造（貫通させた構造）を有しており、いわゆる切り込み部８である。貫通部１０は、周面部１１と端部１２を有する。周面部１１は、貫通部１０の長手方向に延びており、端部１２が切り込み端に形成されている。 (penetrating part)
In the lid body 1, it is preferable that the through portion 10 is formed at least in the lid region corresponding portion 5B. The penetrating portion 10 has a structure (a penetrating structure) cut in the vertical direction (thickness direction, Z-axis direction) from one side to the other side of the blank material 30, and is a so-called cut portion 8. The penetrating portion 10 has a circumferential surface portion 11 and an end portion 12 . The peripheral surface portion 11 extends in the longitudinal direction of the penetrating portion 10, and an end portion 12 is formed as a cut end.
　蓋体１に貫通部１０が形成されている場合、貫通部１０をガス抜き部として機能させることができる。ここに、ガス抜き部とは、蓋体１の一方面側から他方面側（対向面７３側から露出面７２側）に気体を通過させることができる部分を示す。また、貫通部１０は、ガス抜き部として機能する他にさらに別の機能を兼ね備えていてもよい。例えば、貫通部１０は、蓋体１を蓋体付き容器１５０に用いられた場合に蓋体付き容器１５０の外部から容器１０１の内部（空間部１０５）に向かって部材を差し込む差し入れ口１９または差し入れ口１９を構成する部分として機能してもよい。図１Ａの例では、蓋体１が貫通部１０を有しており、且つ、貫通部１０が差し入れ口１９として機能できるように形成されている場合の例が示されている。例えば、差し入れ口１９から差し込み可能な部材としてはストロー等が例示される。なお、図１Ａの例に示す貫通部１０は、前述したようにガス抜き部としても機能することが可能である。 When the through-hole 10 is formed in the lid 1, the through-hole 10 can function as a gas vent. Here, the gas venting portion refers to a portion through which gas can pass from one side of the lid body 1 to the other side (from the opposing surface 73 side to the exposed surface 72 side). Further, the penetrating portion 10 may have another function in addition to functioning as a gas venting portion. For example, when the lid 1 is used as a container with a lid 150, the penetration part 10 is an insertion opening 19 or an insertion opening into which a member is inserted from the outside of the container with a lid 150 toward the inside of the container 101 (space 105). It may function as a part constituting the mouth 19. In the example of FIG. 1A, an example is shown in which the lid body 1 has a penetration part 10, and the penetration part 10 is formed so that it can function as an insertion opening 19. For example, a straw or the like is exemplified as a member that can be inserted through the insertion port 19. Note that the penetrating portion 10 shown in the example of FIG. 1A can also function as a gas venting portion, as described above.
（貫通部の形状）
　貫通部１０の形状は、切り込みによって形成可能な形状であれば特に限定されるものでない。例えば、図１Ａの例では、蓋体１に、ブランク材３０を上下方向に十字に切り込んだ形状の切り込み部８が形成されており、この切り込み部８が貫通部１０を形成している。貫通部１０は、上述したように差し入れ口１９を兼ねている。なお、これは一例であり、貫通部１０を形成している切り込み部８の形状は、差し入れ口１９として使用可能な形状であれば、十字形状に限定されず、図４Ａ、図４Ｂに例示するようなＣ字状であってもよいし、また舌片状等の各種の形状が用いられてよい。図４Ａ、図４Ｂは、蓋体１が貫通部１０として差し入れ口１９を有する場合の他の一実施例を模式的に示す平面図である。 (Shape of penetration part)
The shape of the penetrating portion 10 is not particularly limited as long as it can be formed by cutting. For example, in the example shown in FIG. 1A, a notch 8 in the shape of a cross in the vertical direction of the blank material 30 is formed in the lid 1, and this notch 8 forms the through part 10. The penetrating portion 10 also serves as the insertion opening 19 as described above. Note that this is just an example, and the shape of the notch 8 forming the penetration part 10 is not limited to a cross shape as long as it can be used as the insertion opening 19, and is illustrated in FIGS. 4A and 4B. It may be a C-shape such as this, or various shapes such as a tongue-like shape may be used. 4A and 4B are plan views schematically showing another embodiment in which the lid body 1 has an insertion opening 19 as the penetration part 10.
（貫通部の周面部）
　蓋体１においては、図１Ｃに示すように、貫通部１０の周面部１１を形成する領域（周面部１１の領域）に、繊維シート３１の断面が露出している。また、このとき、周面部１１に、すなわち繊維シート３１の断面の少なくとも一部に、少なくとも一部の樹脂材料３２が露出している。周面部１１に少なくとも一部の樹脂材料３２が露出しているとは、図１Ｃに示すように、周面部１１の一部の領域（繊維シート３１の断面の領域）に一部の樹脂材料３２が面している場合や、周面部１１の全領域（繊維シート３１の断面の全領域）に一部の樹脂材料３２が面している場合を挙げることができる。図１Ｃの例では、周面部１１には、少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａの断面が露出している場合が例示されている。ただし、このことは、周面部１１に、少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａの断面が露出していない場合を禁止するものではなく、繊維３１Ａの側面が露出する場合を禁止するものでもない。 (Peripheral surface of penetration part)
In the lid body 1, as shown in FIG. 1C, a cross section of the fiber sheet 31 is exposed in a region forming the peripheral surface portion 11 of the penetrating portion 10 (region of the peripheral surface portion 11). Further, at this time, at least a portion of the resin material 32 is exposed on the peripheral surface portion 11, that is, on at least a portion of the cross section of the fiber sheet 31. At least a portion of the resin material 32 is exposed on the peripheral surface portion 11, as shown in FIG. 1C. The resin material 32 may face the entire area of the peripheral surface portion 11 (the entire area of the cross section of the fiber sheet 31). In the example of FIG. 1C, a case is illustrated in which the cross section of at least a portion of the fibers 31A is exposed in the peripheral surface portion 11. However, this does not prohibit the case where the cross section of at least some of the fibers 31A is not exposed on the peripheral surface portion 11, nor does it prohibit the case where the side surface of the fiber 31A is exposed.
（傾斜部）
　蓋体１に貫通部１０が形成されている場合、貫通部１０の周囲から貫通部１０までの部分に傾斜部１３が形成されていることが好ましい。傾斜部１３は、貫通部１０の周面部１１を端部１３Ａとし、端部１３Ａから離れる方向に上り傾斜する部分を示す。傾斜部１３は、図１Ｂ、図２Ａに示すように、蓋体１の一方面側のみに形成されてもよいし、図２Ｂに示すように、蓋体１の両面（露出面７２（非対向面）と、容器１０１の空間部１０５側に向けられる面（対向面７３））に形成されてもよい。なお、図１Ｂでは、傾斜部１３は、蓋体１の露出面７２側に傾斜面を形成しており、図２Ａでは、傾斜部１３は、蓋体１の対向面７３側に傾斜面を形成している。 (slanted part)
When the penetrating portion 10 is formed in the lid 1, it is preferable that the inclined portion 13 is formed in a portion from the periphery of the penetrating portion 10 to the penetrating portion 10. The inclined portion 13 has the peripheral surface portion 11 of the penetrating portion 10 as an end portion 13A, and is a portion that slopes upward in a direction away from the end portion 13A. The inclined portion 13 may be formed only on one side of the lid 1, as shown in FIGS. 1B and 2A, or may be formed on both sides of the lid 1 (exposed surface 72 (not facing It may be formed on the surface facing the space 105 of the container 101 (the opposing surface 73). In addition, in FIG. 1B, the inclined part 13 forms an inclined surface on the exposed surface 72 side of the lid body 1, and in FIG. 2A, the inclined part 13 forms an inclined surface on the opposing surface 73 side of the lid body 1. are doing.
（傾斜部における繊維の密度）
　蓋体１においては、傾斜部１３における繊維シート３１を構成する繊維３１Ａの密度が、傾斜部の端部に近い位置ほど高いことが好ましい。例えば、図１Ｂ、図２Ａ及び図２Ｂに示すように、傾斜部１３の端部１３Ａに近い位置Ｐ１と、位置Ｐ１よりも端部１３Ａから遠い位置Ｐ２を選択した場合に、繊維シート３１は、位置Ｐ１での繊維３１Ａの密度のほうが、位置Ｐ２での繊維３１Ａの密度のよりも高いことが好ましい。このような構造は、貫通部１０を形成する際に、貫通部１０の周面部１１に近い位置ほど強い押圧が加えられることで実現することができる。この場合、図１Ｂ、図２Ａ及び図２Ｂに示すように、傾斜部１３が貫通部１０に向かって下り傾斜する形状に形成される。なお、傾斜部及び傾斜部における繊維の密度の構成は、後述する第２の実施形態から第４の実施形態で形成される貫通部においても同様である。 (Fiber density in the slope)
In the lid 1, it is preferable that the density of the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31 in the sloped portion 13 is higher at a position closer to the end of the sloped portion. For example, as shown in FIGS. 1B, 2A, and 2B, when a position P1 near the end 13A of the inclined portion 13 and a position P2 farther from the end 13A than the position P1 are selected, the fiber sheet 31 It is preferable that the density of the fibers 31A at position P1 is higher than the density of the fibers 31A at position P2. Such a structure can be realized by applying stronger pressure to positions closer to the peripheral surface 11 of the penetrating part 10 when forming the penetrating part 10. In this case, as shown in FIGS. 1B, 2A, and 2B, the inclined portion 13 is formed in a shape that slopes downward toward the penetrating portion 10. Note that the structure of the inclined portion and the density of fibers in the inclined portion is the same in the penetrating portions formed in the second to fourth embodiments described below.
［１－２　製造方法］
　第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、例えば、次のように製造することができる。蓋体１の材質に応じた材料で形成された原反シートとしての繊維シート３１が、浸漬液に浸漬される（浸漬工程）。浸漬液は、樹脂材料３２を含む液（樹脂含有液）である。ここに説明する例では、例えば、樹脂含有液は、樹脂材料３２と水と非水系溶媒との混合液である。樹脂材料３２は、蓋体１に含有された場合に蓋体１の防水性を向上させる可能性を高めることができるものである。浸漬工程の後、浸漬工程を施した繊維シート３１（浸漬液を含む繊維シート３１）を乾燥する工程（乾燥工程）が行われる。乾燥工程を施された繊維シート３１（樹脂材料３２を付着した繊維シート３１）が蓋体１の形状に対応した形状に加工されることでブランク材３０が形成される。ブランク材３０がそのまま蓋体１として用いられてもよい。なお、図１Ａの例では、ブランク材３０に切り込み部８が形成されることで貫通部１０が形成されており、これにより蓋体１が形成される。 [1-2 Manufacturing method]
The lid 1 according to the first embodiment can be manufactured, for example, as follows. A fiber sheet 31 as a raw sheet formed of a material corresponding to the material of the lid 1 is immersed in an immersion liquid (immersion step). The immersion liquid is a liquid containing the resin material 32 (resin-containing liquid). In the example described here, the resin-containing liquid is, for example, a mixed liquid of the resin material 32, water, and a non-aqueous solvent. When the resin material 32 is contained in the lid 1, it is possible to increase the possibility of improving the waterproofness of the lid 1. After the dipping step, a step (drying step) of drying the fiber sheet 31 (fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid) that has been subjected to the dipping step is performed. The blank material 30 is formed by processing the fiber sheet 31 that has been subjected to the drying process (the fiber sheet 31 to which the resin material 32 is attached) into a shape corresponding to the shape of the lid body 1. The blank material 30 may be used as the lid 1 as it is. In addition, in the example of FIG. 1A, the penetration part 10 is formed by forming the cut part 8 in the blank material 30, and the lid body 1 is formed by this.
　上記で説明した製造方法において、浸漬液に含まれる樹脂材料３２としては、アクリル系樹脂やポリオレフィン系樹脂等を例示することができるが、生分解性を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。非水系溶媒は、樹脂材料を混合することができるものであれば特に限定されず、エタノール等のアルコール系溶媒等を例示することができる。 In the manufacturing method described above, examples of the resin material 32 included in the immersion liquid include acrylic resins and polyolefin resins, but biodegradable resins are preferable. The non-aqueous solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed with the resin material, and examples include alcoholic solvents such as ethanol.
　乾燥工程では、浸漬液を含む繊維シート３１に含まれる水や非水系溶媒をおおむね完全に蒸発させた状態としてもよいし、水分や非水系溶媒が繊維シート３１に多少残っている状態でもよい。 In the drying step, the water and non-aqueous solvent contained in the fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid may be almost completely evaporated, or the fiber sheet 31 may have some moisture and non-aqueous solvent remaining.
［１－３　作用及び効果］
　これまで、蓋体が紙系素材で形成されている場合においては、蓋体を形成する紙系素材を構成する繊維内に水分が浸透して蓋体のコシが大きく損なわれ蓋体の強度が減少する虞があった。この点においては、水分の浸透を抑制するために蓋体の両面上（露出面側と対向面側）に樹脂層を形成することが考えられる。しかしながら、シール法で容器と蓋体を接着する際に接着性が大きく低下する恐れ虞がある。すなわち、一般的に、飲料やお惣菜等の水分を含むものを収容するための容器の表面には、容器の防水用に樹脂コート層が形成されていることが多い。樹脂コート層を形成する樹脂材料の材質は容器に収容される内容物に応じて適切な材質を選択されることが要請されるため、樹脂コート層を形成するための樹脂材料の材質には多様性が求められる。このため蓋体の表面に樹脂層が形成されていると、その樹脂層を構成する樹脂材料の材質によっては樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂との接着性が損なわれ、シール法で容器と蓋体とを接着することが困難になる虞を生じる。したがって、容器の表面に形成された樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂の種類が多様であってもシール法で容器と蓋体とを接着することを可能とする点で改善の余地がある。 [1-3 Action and effect]
Until now, when the lid was made of a paper-based material, moisture penetrated into the fibers that made up the paper-based material that formed the lid, greatly reducing the stiffness of the lid and reducing the strength of the lid. There was a risk that it would decrease. In this regard, it is conceivable to form a resin layer on both surfaces of the lid (the exposed surface side and the opposing surface side) in order to suppress the penetration of moisture. However, when the container and the lid are bonded together using the sealing method, there is a risk that the adhesion will be significantly reduced. That is, in general, a resin coating layer is often formed on the surface of a container for accommodating something containing water, such as a drink or a side dish, to make the container waterproof. The material of the resin material that forms the resin coat layer needs to be selected appropriately depending on the contents contained in the container, so there are various types of resin materials that can be used to form the resin coat layer. Sex is required. For this reason, if a resin layer is formed on the surface of the lid, depending on the material of the resin material that makes up the resin layer, the adhesion with the resin that makes up the resin coat layer may be impaired, and the sealing method may damage the adhesive between the container and the lid. There is a risk that it will be difficult to adhere the two. Therefore, there is room for improvement in terms of making it possible to bond the container and the lid using a sealing method even if the types of resins constituting the resin coat layer formed on the surface of the container are diverse.
　これに対して、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１によれば、蓋体１を構成する繊維シート３１の内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維３１Ａに少なくとも一部の樹脂材料３２が付着しているため、繊維３１Ａ内への水分浸透を樹脂材料３２で抑制することが可能となる。また、蓋体１を容器１０１に取り付ける際にシール法が適用された場合、繊維シート３１を構成する繊維３１Ａ間の少なくとも一部では空間が存在しうるため、容器１０１の縁部１０３表面に形成された樹脂コート層を構成する樹脂がその空間に入りこむことができ、樹脂コート層と蓋体１との接着状態の形成が容易となりうる。すなわち、樹脂コート層を形成する樹脂の材質が樹脂材料３２に対して接着性の乏しいものであってもシール法で容器１０１と蓋体１とを接着することが容易となりうる。
次に、第１の実施形態の変形例について述べる。 On the other hand, according to the lid 1 according to the first embodiment, at least some of the resin material 32 is attached to at least some of the fibers 31A forming the inside of the fiber sheet 31 constituting the lid 1. Therefore, the resin material 32 can suppress moisture penetration into the fibers 31A. Furthermore, if a sealing method is applied when attaching the lid 1 to the container 101, there may be a space at least in part between the fibers 31A constituting the fiber sheet 31. The resin constituting the resin coat layer can enter the space, and the adhesive state between the resin coat layer and the lid 1 can be easily formed. That is, even if the resin material forming the resin coat layer has poor adhesion to the resin material 32, it may be easy to adhere the container 101 and the lid 1 using the sealing method.
Next, a modification of the first embodiment will be described.
［１－４　変形例］
（変形例１）
　第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１においては、蓋体１に貫通部１０が形成されている場合に、図３Ａに示すように、貫通部１０が脆弱化部１４の一部を形成してもよい。この実施形態を第１の実施形態の変形例１と称呼する。図３Ａは、第１の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体１の一実施例を模式的に示す平面図である。 [1-4 Modification example]
(Modification 1)
In the lid 1 according to the first embodiment, when the through part 10 is formed in the lid 1, the through part 10 forms a part of the weakened part 14, as shown in FIG. 3A. Good too. This embodiment will be referred to as modification 1 of the first embodiment. FIG. 3A is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid body 1 according to Modification 1 of the first embodiment.
（脆弱化部）
　脆弱化部１４は、図３Ａの例に示すように、複数の貫通部１０と、少なくとも２つの貫通部１０の端部１２の間に形成された少なくとも一つの連続部１５とを有する。脆弱化部１４は、その脆弱化部１４に対して持ち上げる又は押し下げる力が加えられて蓋体に分断部分を形成する際に、分断を生じる位置（分断位置）を案内する。すなわち、分断を生じる位置が、おおむね脆弱化部に沿って形成される。例えば、図３Ａの例では、差し入れ口１９に対応する部分を露出面７２側から対向面７３側に押し下げる力が加えられると、連続部１５が破壊され、連続部１５を端部１２とする貫通部１０に沿って分断を生じ、差し入れ口１９が形成される（差し入れ口１９が開口した状態となる）。 (Weakening part)
As shown in the example of FIG. 3A, the weakened portion 14 includes a plurality of penetration portions 10 and at least one continuous portion 15 formed between the ends 12 of at least two penetration portions 10. The weakened part 14 guides the position where division occurs (divided position) when a lifting or pressing force is applied to the weakened part 14 to form a divided part in the lid body. That is, the position where the division occurs is formed generally along the weakened portion. For example, in the example of FIG. 3A, when a force is applied to push down the portion corresponding to the insertion port 19 from the exposed surface 72 side to the opposing surface 73 side, the continuous portion 15 is destroyed, and the continuous portion 15 is penetrated with the continuous portion 15 as the end portion 12. A division occurs along the portion 10, and an insertion opening 19 is formed (the insertion opening 19 is in an open state).
（脆弱化部のレイアウト）
　脆弱化部１４のレイアウトは、特に限定されるものでなく、脆弱化部１４の機能等の条件に応じて定められてよい。図３Ａの例に示される脆弱化部１４の例では、連続部１５が一か所に形成されており、貫通部１０が合計４つ形成されている。この例では、貫通部１０は、連続部１５から異なる四方向に放射状に延びるように形成されている。なお、これは脆弱化部１４の一例であり、脆弱化部１４は、連続部１５の周囲に放射状に複数の貫通部１０を形成している場合においては、貫通部１０は、連続部１５から離れる方向に３方向に延びてもよいし、５方向以上に延びてもよい。また、貫通部１０は、連続部１５から離れる方向に２方向に延びてもよい。 (Layout of weakened part)
The layout of the weakened section 14 is not particularly limited, and may be determined according to conditions such as the function of the weakened section 14. In the example of the weakened portion 14 shown in the example of FIG. 3A, the continuous portion 15 is formed at one location, and a total of four penetrating portions 10 are formed. In this example, the penetrating portion 10 is formed to extend radially from the continuous portion 15 in four different directions. Note that this is an example of the weakened portion 14, and in the case where the weakened portion 14 has a plurality of penetration portions 10 radially formed around the continuous portion 15, the penetration portion 10 extends from the continuous portion 15. It may extend in three directions in the direction of separation, or may extend in five or more directions. Furthermore, the penetrating portion 10 may extend in two directions away from the continuous portion 15.
　また、図３Ａの例では脆弱化部１４は十字状に形成されているが、図４Ｂに示すようにＣ字状に形成されていてもよい。また、この例に示すように、連続部１５の形成箇所は１か所に限定されず、複数個所に形成されてよい。図４Ｂの例では、３か所に連続部１５が形成されておりそれぞれの連続部１５から２方向に貫通部１０（合計４つの貫通部１０）が形成されている。複数の貫通部１０は、脆弱化部１４の全体としておおむねＣの文字を模した形状となるように、曲線状の切り込み部８で形成されている。 Furthermore, although the weakened portion 14 is formed in a cross shape in the example of FIG. 3A, it may be formed in a C shape as shown in FIG. 4B. Furthermore, as shown in this example, the continuous portion 15 is not limited to one location, but may be formed at multiple locations. In the example shown in FIG. 4B, continuous portions 15 are formed at three locations, and penetration portions 10 are formed in two directions from each continuous portion 15 (four penetration portions 10 in total). The plurality of penetration parts 10 are formed by curved cut parts 8 so that the weakened part 14 as a whole has a shape that roughly resembles the letter C.
　脆弱化部１４の位置は、特に限定されるものではないが、蓋領域対応部５Ｂに設けられていることが好ましい。この場合、蓋領域対応部５Ｂに、分断位置が形成されることになる。 Although the position of the weakened portion 14 is not particularly limited, it is preferably provided in the lid region corresponding portion 5B. In this case, a dividing position is formed in the lid region corresponding portion 5B.
（連続部）
　連続部１５は、蓋体１を形成するブランク材３０を貫通しない状態に形成されている部分であればよく、非カット部でもよいし、図１２Ｂに示すように、ブランク材３０を貫通することを避ける範囲でブランク材３０を厚み方向にカットしたハーフカット部１６であってもよい。図１２Ｂは、ハーフカット部１６の一実施例を説明するための図である。ハーフカット部１６は、蓋体１の厚み方向に蓋体１を途中まで切り込んだ構造であるハーフカット構造を形成する部分として特定される。なお、ハーフカット部１６とは、蓋体１の厚み方向に蓋体１の厚みの半分まで切れ込まれた部分に限定されない。ハーフカット部１６は、蓋体１を貫通させることを避けつつ蓋体１の厚みの半分以上切れ込まれた構造や、蓋体１の厚みの半分に満たない程度に蓋体１の厚み方向に切れ込まれた構造を含む。 (continuous part)
The continuous portion 15 may be a portion formed not to penetrate the blank material 30 forming the lid body 1, and may be a non-cut portion, or may be a portion formed not to penetrate the blank material 30 forming the lid body 1. The half-cut portion 16 may be formed by cutting the blank material 30 in the thickness direction within a range that avoids this. FIG. 12B is a diagram for explaining one embodiment of the half-cut section 16. The half-cut portion 16 is specified as a portion forming a half-cut structure, which is a structure in which the lid 1 is cut halfway in the thickness direction of the lid 1. Note that the half-cut portion 16 is not limited to a portion cut in the thickness direction of the lid 1 to half the thickness of the lid 1. The half-cut portion 16 may have a structure in which it cuts more than half the thickness of the lid 1 while avoiding penetrating the lid 1, or a cut in the thickness direction of the lid 1 to an extent less than half the thickness of the lid 1. Contains an incised structure.
（変形例２）
　第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１においては、図３Ｂに示すように、延出部が形成されてもよい。この実施形態を第１の実施形態の変形例２と称呼する。図３Ｂは、第１の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体１の一実施例を模式的に示す平面図である。 (Modification 2)
In the lid 1 according to the first embodiment, an extending portion may be formed as shown in FIG. 3B. This embodiment will be referred to as modification 2 of the first embodiment. FIG. 3B is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid 1 according to the second modification of the first embodiment.
（延出部）
　第１の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体１においては、延出部７の位置及び形状は特に限定されないが、図１Ａの例では、延出部７は、蓋体１の蓋領域非形成部５Ｃの外周縁５０（後述する第２の実施形態ではベース部２の外周縁２Ａに対応する）に形成されており、延出部７の外周縁７Ａが、凸状になだらかに湾曲した山形形状になるように延出部７の形状が定められている。 (extending part)
In the lid 1 according to the second modification of the first embodiment, the position and shape of the extending portion 7 are not particularly limited, but in the example of FIG. It is formed on the outer circumferential edge 50 of the forming portion 5C (corresponding to the outer circumferential edge 2A of the base portion 2 in the second embodiment described later), and the outer circumferential edge 7A of the extending portion 7 is gently curved in a convex shape. The shape of the extending portion 7 is determined to be chevron-shaped.
　延出部７が形成されていると、延出部７に蓋体１に対応する容器１０１を示す印や文字等を配置させることができる。例えば、延出部７にＳ、Ｍ、Ｌ等の文字を印刷等によって配置する。そして、容器１０１のサイズがスモールサイズである場合には、Ｓの文字が印刷された蓋体１を使用し、容器１０１のサイズがミディアムサイズである場合には、Ｍの文字が印刷された蓋体１を使用し、容器１０１のサイズがラージサイズである場合には、Ｌの文字が印刷された蓋体１を使用するように、容器１０１と蓋体１の種類が対応づける。これにより、容器１０１に蓋体１を接合する場合に、誤ったサイズの異なる組み合わせで容器１０１と蓋体１の接合を行ってしまう虞を抑制することができる。 If the extending portion 7 is formed, a mark or text indicating the container 101 corresponding to the lid 1 can be placed on the extending portion 7. For example, letters such as S, M, and L are placed on the extending portion 7 by printing or the like. If the size of the container 101 is small, use the lid 1 with the letter S printed on it, and if the size of the container 101 is medium size, use the lid with the letter M printed on it. When the body 1 is used and the size of the container 101 is large, the types of the container 101 and the lid 1 are associated so that the lid 1 on which the letter L is printed is used. Thereby, when joining the lid 1 to the container 101, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the container 101 and the lid 1 are joined in an incorrect combination of different sizes.
　また、蓋体１において延出部７が形成されていると、延出部７を摘みとして使用することができる。 Furthermore, if the extending portion 7 is formed on the lid 1, the extending portion 7 can be used as a knob.
［２　第２の実施形態］
　上記第１の実施形態においては、貫通部１０が差し入れ口１９を形成する場合を例として説明がなされた。蓋体１は、これに限定されず、貫通部１０が図７Ａ、図７Ｂに示すように、小開口部の開口縁と小蓋部の外周縁の境界の少なくとも一部を形成してもよい。すなわち、蓋体１は、図７Ａ、図７Ｂに示すように、容器１０１の開口部１０２よりも小さな開口面積を有する小開口部を有するベース部と、前記小開口部を開閉する小蓋部と、前記ベース部と前記小蓋部とを繋げるヒンジ部とを備えてもよい。このような構成を有する実施形態を第２の実施形態と称呼する。図７Ａは、第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１の一実施例を示す平面図である。図７Ｂは、図７ＡのＤ－Ｄ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。第２の実施形態は、貫通部１０が小開口部の開口縁と小蓋部の外周縁の境界の少なくとも一部を形成する他の点については、第１の実施形態と同様でよい。また、第２の実施形態では、第１の実施形態でも示した差し入れ口１９がさらに形成されてもよい。 [2 Second embodiment]
In the first embodiment, the case where the penetrating portion 10 forms the insertion opening 19 has been described as an example. The lid 1 is not limited to this, and the penetrating portion 10 may form at least a part of the boundary between the opening edge of the small opening and the outer peripheral edge of the small lid, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B. . That is, as shown in FIGS. 7A and 7B, the lid 1 includes a base portion having a small opening having an opening area smaller than the opening 102 of the container 101, and a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening. , a hinge portion connecting the base portion and the small lid portion may be provided. An embodiment having such a configuration will be referred to as a second embodiment. FIG. 7A is a plan view showing an example of the lid body 1 according to the second embodiment. FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line DD in FIG. 7A. The second embodiment may be similar to the first embodiment except that the penetrating portion 10 forms at least a part of the boundary between the opening edge of the small opening and the outer peripheral edge of the small lid. Further, in the second embodiment, the insertion port 19 shown in the first embodiment may be further formed.
［２－１　構成］
　第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、図７Ａ、図７Ｂ等に示すように、ベース部２と小蓋部３とヒンジ部４を有する。図７Ａ、図７Ｂの例では、蓋体１の蓋領域対応部５Ｂは、ベース部２と小蓋部３とヒンジ部４を有し、蓋領域非形成部５Ｃは、ベース部２を有している。 [2-1 Configuration]
The lid 1 according to the second embodiment includes a base portion 2, a small lid portion 3, and a hinge portion 4, as shown in FIGS. 7A, 7B, etc. In the example of FIGS. 7A and 7B, the lid area corresponding part 5B of the lid body 1 has a base part 2, a small lid part 3, and a hinge part 4, and the lid area non-forming part 5C has a base part 2. ing.
（ベース部）
　ベース部２は、接合領域対応部５Ａを有し且つ小開口部６を形成する部分として定められる。ベース部２は、後述する小蓋部３の変位の基準を定める部分とすることができる。なお、図７Ａの例では、蓋体１の平面視上、ベース部２と小蓋部３が蓋体１の露出面７２を形成している。第２の実施形態において、蓋体１の平面視上（図７Ａの例ではＺ軸方向（上下方向）を視線方向とした場合）、接合領域対応部５Ａは、接合領域Ｒを形成する部分に対応しており、ベース部２に形成される。 (Base part)
The base portion 2 is defined as a portion that has a bonding region corresponding portion 5A and forms a small opening 6. The base portion 2 can be a portion that determines the displacement standard of the small lid portion 3, which will be described later. In the example of FIG. 7A, the base portion 2 and the small lid portion 3 form the exposed surface 72 of the lid 1 when viewed from above. In the second embodiment, in a plan view of the lid 1 (in the example of FIG. 7A, when the Z-axis direction (vertical direction) is the line of sight direction), the bonding area corresponding portion 5A is located in the portion forming the bonding area R. It is formed on the base part 2.
（小開口部）
　小開口部６は、容器１０１に対する蓋体１の対向面７３と容器１０１に対する蓋体１の非対向面（蓋体１の露出面７２）を貫通形成するように形成される。小開口部６は、蓋体１の平面視上、接合領域対応部５Ａに対応する部分の内側に容器１０１の開口部１０２よりも開口面積の小さな状態となるように形成されている。小開口部６は、蓋体１を容器１０１に接合させた状態において、容器１０１の空間部１０５にある内容物（例えば飲料物や飲食物など）の出入口を開口形成するためのものである。小開口部６は、後述する小蓋部３との組み合わせで開口形成部２０を形成している。 (Small opening)
The small opening 6 is formed so as to penetrate through the surface 73 of the lid 1 facing the container 101 and the surface of the lid 1 not facing the container 101 (the exposed surface 72 of the lid 1). The small opening 6 is formed inside a portion corresponding to the joint region corresponding portion 5A in a plan view of the lid 1 so that its opening area is smaller than that of the opening 102 of the container 101. The small opening 6 is for forming an entrance/exit for the contents (for example, drinks, food, etc.) in the space 105 of the container 101 when the lid 1 is joined to the container 101. The small opening 6 forms an opening forming part 20 in combination with the small lid 3 described later.
（開口形成部）
　図７Ａ等に示すように、開口形成部２０は、小開口部６及び小蓋部３を有している部分として定められる。開口形成部２０では、小蓋部３の変位に伴い小開口部６が開閉する。開口形成部２０は、図７Ａに示すように小蓋部３が小開口部６を閉じている状態と、小蓋部３が変位して小開口部６が開口している状態となるように形成されている。ベース部２を基準とした小蓋部３を引き上げるように小蓋部３を回動させた場合に、小開口部６が露出し、露出口となる。すなわち開口形成部２０は、容器１０１に蓋体１を取り付けた状態で小蓋部３を引き上げると、小開口部６から容器１０１の空間部１０５を視認できるように小開口部６と小蓋部３を組み合わせている。 (Opening forming part)
As shown in FIG. 7A and the like, the opening forming portion 20 is defined as a portion having a small opening 6 and a small lid 3. As shown in FIG. In the opening forming section 20, the small opening 6 opens and closes as the small lid 3 is displaced. The opening forming portion 20 is configured such that the small lid 3 closes the small opening 6 and the small lid 3 is displaced to open the small opening 6, as shown in FIG. 7A. It is formed. When the small lid part 3 is rotated so as to pull up the small lid part 3 with respect to the base part 2, the small opening part 6 is exposed and becomes an exposure opening. That is, the opening forming part 20 is arranged so that when the small lid part 3 is pulled up with the lid body 1 attached to the container 101, the small opening part 6 and the small lid part can be visually recognized from the small opening part 6. It combines 3.
　なお、小開口部６が露出口となった状態においては、後述するように追加の飲料等の液体や氷等の固形物の供給口とされることができる。また、容器１０１の内部（空間部１０５）に飲料等の液体が存在している場合においては、小開口部６は、飲料等の飲み口や注出口として使用されてもよい。 Note that when the small opening 6 is an exposed port, it can be used as a supply port for additional liquids such as drinks or solids such as ice, as will be described later. Furthermore, when a liquid such as a beverage is present inside the container 101 (space 105), the small opening 6 may be used as a drinking spout or spout for the beverage.
（小蓋部）
　蓋体１には、小蓋部３が設けられている。小蓋部３は、小開口部６を開閉可能に被覆可能に形成される。図７Ａの例では、小蓋部３は、図９Ｃを用いて後述するように、ベース部２に対して引き上げた状態に変位できるように形成されており、小蓋部３を引き上げる際に小開口部６が形成される（開かれる）。図７Ａに示す例では、小蓋部３で小開口部６を閉じた状態で、小蓋部３の外周輪郭形状が小開口部６の開口縁６Ａの形状に沿うように小蓋部３の形状を定めることができる。この場合、小蓋部３で小開口部６を閉じた状態で、小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａの端面を小開口部６の開口縁６Ａの端面に接触させることが容易となる。 (Small lid part)
The lid body 1 is provided with a small lid portion 3. The small lid part 3 is formed to be able to cover the small opening 6 in an openable and closable manner. In the example of FIG. 7A, the small lid part 3 is formed so that it can be displaced to a pulled up state with respect to the base part 2, as will be described later using FIG. 9C. An opening 6 is formed (opened). In the example shown in FIG. 7A, when the small opening 6 is closed with the small lid 3, the small lid 3 is arranged so that the outer peripheral contour shape of the small lid 3 follows the shape of the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6. The shape can be determined. In this case, with the small opening 6 closed by the small lid 3, it is easy to bring the end surface of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid 3 into contact with the end surface of the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6.
　図７Ａの例に示す蓋体１においては、小蓋部３は、蓋体１の平面視上、接合領域対応部５Ａよりも内側（蓋領域対応部５Ｂ）（中心ＣＴ側）に設けられている。小蓋部３が持ち上げられた状態となるように小蓋部３が変位（回動）する。小蓋部３はヒンジ部４でベース部２に繋がっている。ヒンジ部４を支軸として小蓋部３が持ち上げられるにつれ、小開口部６が露出する。 In the lid 1 shown in the example of FIG. 7A, the small lid part 3 is provided inside (lid area corresponding part 5B) (center CT side) than the joint area corresponding part 5A in plan view of the lid 1. There is. The small lid part 3 is displaced (rotated) so that the small lid part 3 is in a lifted state. The small lid part 3 is connected to the base part 2 by a hinge part 4. As the small lid part 3 is lifted about the hinge part 4, the small opening part 6 is exposed.
　蓋体１においては、小蓋部３が立ち上げられた状態では、上記したように、小開口部６が露出した状態となる。この状態を開蓋状態と呼ぶ。小蓋部３で小開口部６が覆われた状態を閉蓋状態と呼ぶ。 In the lid body 1, when the small lid portion 3 is raised, the small opening portion 6 is exposed as described above. This state is called the open lid state. The state in which the small opening 6 is covered with the small lid 3 is called a closed state.
　蓋体１においては、開蓋状態となった後（小蓋部３が立ち上げられることで小開口部６が露出した後）でも、再度、閉蓋状態とされることが可能であり、閉蓋状態とされた場合に小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａの端面（外周端面）にベース部２の小開口部６の開口縁６Ａの端面が向かい合うことができる。 In the lid body 1, even after the lid is in the open state (after the small opening 6 is exposed by raising the small lid part 3), it is possible to put the lid in the closed state again. When in the lid state, the end face of the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6 of the base part 2 can face the end face (outer peripheral end face) of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3.
（ヒンジ部）
　上述したように、蓋体１は、ヒンジ部４を有する。ヒンジ部４は、小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａに沿った２つの基端部７４を結ぶ線分に対応した部分でおおむね構成されており、ベース部２と小蓋部３との境界部分に対応する。ヒンジ部４は、小蓋部３が回動する際の回動軸となる部分である。ただし、小蓋部３が回動する場合には、ヒンジ部４の位置で小蓋部３が一定の角度でベース部２から立ち上がる場合のみならず、ヒンジ部４から小蓋部３の前端縁部７５にむかって小蓋部３が徐々に湾曲しながら立ち上がる場合が含まれるものとする。 (hinge part)
As described above, the lid 1 has the hinge portion 4. The hinge portion 4 is generally composed of a portion corresponding to a line segment connecting two base end portions 74 along the outer circumferential edge 3A of the small lid portion 3, and has a portion at the boundary between the base portion 2 and the small lid portion 3. handle. The hinge portion 4 is a portion that serves as a rotation axis when the small lid portion 3 rotates. However, when the small lid part 3 rotates, not only the case where the small lid part 3 stands up from the base part 2 at a certain angle at the position of the hinge part 4, but also the front edge of the small lid part 3 from the hinge part 4 This includes a case where the small lid part 3 gradually curves and rises toward the part 75.
　ベース部２は、少なくともヒンジ部４で小蓋部３に繋がっている。ヒンジ部４は、ベース部２と小蓋部３との境界として定められた部分であれば特に構造を限定されない。ヒンジ部４は、後述する接続構造１７と同様に、ミシン目構造やハーフカット部であってもよい。 The base part 2 is connected to the small lid part 3 at least at the hinge part 4. The structure of the hinge part 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is a part defined as a boundary between the base part 2 and the small lid part 3. The hinge portion 4 may have a perforation structure or a half-cut portion, similar to the connection structure 17 described later.
（小蓋部の外周縁と小開口部の開口縁との境界）
　小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａと小開口部６の開口縁６Ａとの境界位置では、小蓋部３と小開口部６が分断されていてもよい（非接続状態となっていてもよい）し、後述するように接続構造１７が形成されてもよい。小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａと小開口部６の開口縁６Ａとの境界位置で、小蓋部３と小開口部６が非接続状態となっている場合、図７Ｂに示すように、小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａと小開口部６の開口縁６Ａとを分断する構造部として貫通部１０が形成されている。貫通部１０の周面部１１は、小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａの端面と小開口部６の開口縁６Ａの端面を形成する。また、貫通部１０の端部１２は、ヒンジ部４の基端部７４に位置する。貫通部１０の構造は、第１の実施形態で説明したことと同様であるから説明を省略する。 (Boundary between the outer periphery of the small lid and the opening edge of the small opening)
At the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 and the opening edge 6A of the small opening part 6, the small lid part 3 and the small opening part 6 may be separated (or may be in a non-connected state). However, the connection structure 17 may be formed as described later. When the small lid 3 and the small opening 6 are not connected at the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid 3 and the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6, as shown in FIG. 7B, the small A penetrating portion 10 is formed as a structural portion that separates the outer peripheral edge 3A of the lid portion 3 and the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6. The peripheral surface portion 11 of the penetrating portion 10 forms an end surface of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid portion 3 and an end surface of the opening edge 6A of the small opening portion 6. Further, the end portion 12 of the penetrating portion 10 is located at the base end portion 74 of the hinge portion 4. The structure of the penetrating portion 10 is the same as that described in the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted.
（ベース部と小蓋部との接続構造）
　蓋体１においては、小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａと小開口部６の開口縁６Ａとの境界位置では、上記したようにベース部２の小開口部６の開口縁６Ａと小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａで接続された構造（接続構造１７）が形成されてもよい。接続構造１７は、図１２Ａに示すように、小蓋部３より脆弱な部分である脆弱化部１４として構成されていることが好適である。図１２Ａは、接続構造１７が脆弱化部１４である場合の一実施例を示す図である。接続構造１７が脆弱化部１４であることで、小蓋部３がヒンジ部４を軸としてベース部２に対して回動する場合に、脆弱化部１４が破壊される（連続部１５が破壊される）ことができる。また、小蓋部３は、ベース部２に対しておおむね接続構造１７に沿って分離されながら、ベース部２に対して立ち上げられる。 (Connection structure between base and small lid)
In the lid body 1, at the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 and the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6, as described above, the opening edge 6A of the small opening 6 of the base part 2 and the small lid part 3 A structure connected at the outer peripheral edge 3A (connection structure 17) may be formed. As shown in FIG. 12A, the connection structure 17 is preferably configured as a weakened portion 14 that is more fragile than the small lid portion 3. FIG. 12A is a diagram showing an example in which the connection structure 17 is the weakened portion 14. Since the connection structure 17 is the weakened portion 14, when the small lid portion 3 rotates relative to the base portion 2 around the hinge portion 4, the weakened portion 14 is destroyed (the continuous portion 15 is destroyed). can be done). Further, the small lid part 3 is raised up relative to the base part 2 while being separated from the base part 2 generally along the connection structure 17.
（脆弱化部）
　脆弱化部１４は、第１の実施形態の変形例１で説明したように貫通部１０と連続部１５との組み合わせで形成されたものである。したがって、接続構造１７が脆弱化部１４である場合、小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａと小開口部６の開口縁６Ａとの境界位置では、貫通部１０と連続部１５との組み合わせで形成された状態となっている。図１２Ａの例では、組み合わせ構造は、小開口部６の開口縁６Ａの端面と小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａの端面とが向き合う部分の長手方向に沿って連続部１５と貫通部１０の組み合わせ構造が交互に並ぶ構造（いわゆるミシン目構造）である。 (Weakening part)
The weakened portion 14 is formed by a combination of the penetrating portion 10 and the continuous portion 15, as described in the first modification of the first embodiment. Therefore, when the connection structure 17 is the weakened part 14, the weakened part 14 is formed by a combination of the penetration part 10 and the continuous part 15 at the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 and the opening edge 6A of the small opening part 6. The situation is as follows. In the example of FIG. 12A, the combination structure is a combination of a continuous part 15 and a penetrating part 10 along the longitudinal direction of the part where the end face of the opening edge 6A of the small opening part 6 and the end face of the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 face each other. This is a structure in which structures are arranged alternately (so-called perforation structure).
　なお、接続構造１７は、ミシン目構造に限定されず、例えば、図１２Ｂに示すように接続構造１７の全体がハーフカット部１６として形成されてよい。ハーフカット部１６とは、図１２Ｂを用いて第１の実施形態で説明したハーフカット部１６と同様であるから説明を省略する。 Note that the connection structure 17 is not limited to a perforation structure, and for example, the entire connection structure 17 may be formed as a half-cut portion 16 as shown in FIG. 12B. The half-cut portion 16 is the same as the half-cut portion 16 described in the first embodiment using FIG. 12B, so a description thereof will be omitted.
　なお、接続構造１７が連続部１５と貫通部１０を有する場合においては、図１２Ｂに示すように連続部１５がハーフカット部１６であってもよい。 Note that in the case where the connection structure 17 has the continuous portion 15 and the penetration portion 10, the continuous portion 15 may be a half-cut portion 16 as shown in FIG. 12B.
　第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１に貫通部１０が形成されている場合、貫通部１０は、小蓋部の外周縁と小開口部の前記開口縁との境界位置とは異なる位置に、ガス抜き部として形成されていてもよい。例えば、小蓋部の外周縁と小開口部の前記開口縁との境界位置に接続構造１７が形成され、且つ、接続構造１７の全体がハーフカット部１６として形成されている場合に、貫通部１０が接続構造１７とは異なる構成として形成されてよい。 When the penetration part 10 is formed in the lid body 1 according to the second embodiment, the penetration part 10 is located at a position different from the boundary position between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid part and the opening edge of the small opening part. It may also be formed as a gas vent. For example, when the connection structure 17 is formed at the boundary between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid and the opening edge of the small opening, and the entire connection structure 17 is formed as a half-cut portion 16, the penetration portion 10 may be formed in a different configuration than the connection structure 17.
　また、貫通部１０は、小蓋部の外周縁と小開口部の前記開口縁との境界位置、及び、境界位置とは異なる位置に形成されてよい。このように、第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１においては、少なくとも一部の貫通部が、小蓋部の外周縁と小開口部の前記開口縁との境界位置に形成されてよい。 Furthermore, the penetrating portion 10 may be formed at a boundary position between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid portion and the opening edge of the small opening portion, and at a position different from the boundary position. In this way, in the lid 1 according to the second embodiment, at least a portion of the penetrating portion may be formed at the boundary between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid and the opening edge of the small opening.
［２－２　作用及び効果］
　第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、第１の実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。 [2-2 Action and effect]
The lid 1 according to the second embodiment can obtain the same effects as the first embodiment.
　第２の実施形態の変形例について、さらに説明を続ける。 The modification of the second embodiment will be further explained.
［２－３　変形例］
（変形例１）
　第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１には、図８Ａ、図８Ｂ等に示すように、小蓋部３に摘み部２１が設けられていてよい。このような構成を有する蓋体１を、第２の実施形態の変形例１と称呼する。図８Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体１の一実施例を模式的に示す平面図である。図８Ｂは、図８ＡのＥ－Ｅ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。 [2-3 Modification example]
(Modification 1)
In the lid 1 according to the second embodiment, a knob 21 may be provided on the small lid 3, as shown in FIGS. 8A, 8B, etc. The lid body 1 having such a configuration will be referred to as modification 1 of the second embodiment. FIG. 8A is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid body 1 according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment. FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line EE in FIG. 8A.
　第２の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体１は、小蓋部３に摘み部２１を設けた構成を除いて上記した第２の実施形態と同様でよいため、小蓋部３に摘み部２１を設けた構成を除く他の構成（ベース部２、ヒンジ部４等）についての説明を省略する。 The lid 1 according to the first modification of the second embodiment may be the same as the second embodiment described above except for the configuration in which the small lid 3 is provided with the knob 21. A description of other structures (base portion 2, hinge portion 4, etc.) other than the structure in which the portion 21 is provided will be omitted.
（摘み部）
　図８Ａ、図８Ｂに示す第２の実施形態の例では、小蓋部３で小開口部６を閉鎖した状態において、小蓋部３の露出面（蓋体１の露出面７２）側である上面側に摘み部２１が設けられている。摘み部２１の構造は、ヒンジ部４を軸として小蓋部３を回動させることができるものであれば特に限定されないが、図８Ａ、図８Ｂの例では、摘み部２１としてタブ部材２２が設けられている。 (knob section)
In the example of the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, when the small opening 6 is closed with the small lid 3, the exposed surface of the small lid 3 (exposed surface 72 of the lid 1) is A knob 21 is provided on the upper surface side. The structure of the knob 21 is not particularly limited as long as the small lid 3 can be rotated about the hinge 4, but in the examples shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, the tab member 22 is used as the knob 21. It is provided.
（タブ部材）
　図８Ａ、図８Ｂの例では、小蓋部３で小開口部６を閉鎖した状態において、タブ部材２２は、タブ部材２２の一端部２２Ａを小蓋部３に接合されており、タブ部材２２の他端部２２Ｂを自由端としている。タブ部材２２のうち小蓋部３に接合された部分をタブ接合部２３と呼ぶ。タブ部材２２のうちタブ接合部２３を除き、タブ部材２２の自由端側の部分（他端部２２Ｂ側の部分）は、人の手でタブ部材２２を摘むことができる程度の大きさと形状に形成されていれば、特にその形状や構造を限定されるものではない。タブ部材２２の材質は、第１の実施形態において説明したブランク材３０の材質と同様でよく、紙系素材で構成されてよい。 (tab member)
In the example of FIGS. 8A and 8B, when the small opening 6 is closed by the small lid 3, the tab member 22 has one end 22A of the tab member 22 joined to the small lid 3, and the tab member 22 The other end 22B is a free end. The portion of the tab member 22 that is joined to the small lid portion 3 is referred to as a tab joint portion 23. The portion of the tab member 22 on the free end side (the portion on the other end 22B side), excluding the tab joint portion 23, has a size and shape that allows the tab member 22 to be picked by hand. As long as it is formed, there are no particular limitations on its shape or structure. The material of the tab member 22 may be the same as that of the blank material 30 described in the first embodiment, and may be made of a paper-based material.
　蓋体１において、小蓋部３におけるタブ部材２２の取り付け位置や取り付け方向は特に限定されるものはないが、図８Ａ、図８Ｂの例では、タブ部材２２は、小蓋部３の先端寄りの位置（すなわち前端縁部７５の近傍）において小蓋部３に接合している。 In the lid 1, there are no particular limitations on the mounting position or mounting direction of the tab member 22 on the small lid 3, but in the examples shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, the tab member 22 is mounted near the tip of the small lid 3. It is joined to the small lid part 3 at the position (that is, near the front edge 75).
　タブ部材２２を小蓋部３に接合するための方法（すなわちタブ接合部２３の形成方法）は、超音波接合やヒートシール、接着剤による接合などといった各種の方法を例示することができる。タブ接合部２３の形成方法としては、上記したもののうち接合のしやすさや接合の強度等といった観点から、超音波接合が好ましい。小蓋部３におけるタブ接合部２３の形成位置は、タブ部材２２を持ち上げることで小蓋部３を立ち上げる（小蓋部３を回動させる）ことを容易とする観点からは、小蓋部３の中央部からずれた位置であることが好ましい。 The method for joining the tab member 22 to the small lid part 3 (that is, the method for forming the tab joint part 23) can be exemplified by various methods such as ultrasonic joining, heat sealing, and joining using an adhesive. Among the methods described above, ultrasonic bonding is preferable as a method for forming the tab bonding portion 23 from the viewpoint of ease of bonding, bonding strength, and the like. The formation position of the tab joint part 23 in the small lid part 3 is determined from the viewpoint of making it easy to raise the small lid part 3 by lifting the tab member 22 (rotating the small lid part 3). It is preferable that the position be shifted from the center of the figure 3.
（タブ部材の向き（取り付け方向））
　蓋体１においては、図８Ａの例では、タブ部材２２の一端部２２Ａよりも、タブ部材２２の他端部２２Ｂ側（自由端側）が、ヒンジ部４側に近位となるように配置されている。ただしこれは一例であり、タブ部材２２の向きは図８Ａの例に示す方向以外の向きとなっていてもよい。例えば、タブ部材２２の一端部２２Ａよりも、タブ部材２２の他端部２２Ｂ側がヒンジ部４から離れた位置となるようにタブ部材２２が配置されていてもよい。 (Direction of tab member (installation direction))
In the lid body 1, in the example of FIG. 8A, the other end 22B side (free end side) of the tab member 22 is arranged closer to the hinge portion 4 side than the one end 22A of the tab member 22. has been done. However, this is just an example, and the tab member 22 may be oriented in a direction other than the direction shown in the example of FIG. 8A. For example, the tab member 22 may be arranged such that the other end 22B of the tab member 22 is further away from the hinge portion 4 than the one end 22A of the tab member 22.
　第２の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体１では、摘み部２１が設けられていることで、小蓋部３を容易に引き上げることができるようになる。 In the lid 1 according to the first modification of the second embodiment, the knob 21 is provided, so that the small lid 3 can be easily pulled up.
（変形例２）
　第２の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体１においては、図１３Ａ、図１３Ｂ等の例に示すように、ヒンジ部４を軸としてベース部２に対して小蓋部３を回動して小開口部６を開放した状態で小蓋部３を保持する保持構造を形成する部分である保持構造形成部を有していてもよい。このような構成を有する蓋体１を、第２の実施形態の変形例２と称呼する。図１３Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体１の一実施例を模式的に示す平面図である。図１３Ｂは、図１３ＡのＨ－Ｈ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。 (Modification 2)
In the lid body 1 according to the second modification of the second embodiment, the small lid part 3 is rotated with respect to the base part 2 about the hinge part 4 as an axis, as shown in examples such as FIGS. 13A and 13B. It may have a holding structure forming part which is a part forming a holding structure for holding the small lid part 3 in a state where the small opening part 6 is opened. The lid body 1 having such a configuration will be referred to as a second modification of the second embodiment. FIG. 13A is a plan view schematically showing an example of the lid 1 according to Modification 2 of the second embodiment. FIG. 13B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line HH in FIG. 13A.
（保持構造形成部）
　保持構造形成部の構成は特に限定されるものではない。例えば、図１３Ａ、図１３Ｂに示す蓋体１の例では、爪部２４と受け部２５が保持構造形成部を形成している。 (Holding structure forming part)
The structure of the holding structure forming part is not particularly limited. For example, in the example of the lid 1 shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B, the claw portion 24 and the receiving portion 25 form a holding structure forming portion.
（爪部）
　爪部２４は、図１３Ａの例に示すように、後述する受け部２５に対して掛け止めや差し込み等によって係止することが可能な構造を有する部分であればよい。図１３Ａの例では、爪部２４は、摘み部２１の例としてのタブ部材２２に設けられている。また、この例では、爪部２４は、タブ部材２２の所定位置におおむね山型形状等の輪郭形状に形成された切り込み部分で形成される。 (claw part)
As shown in the example of FIG. 13A, the claw portion 24 may be any portion having a structure that can be latched to a receiving portion 25, which will be described later, by latching, inserting, or the like. In the example of FIG. 13A, the claw portion 24 is provided on a tab member 22, which is an example of the knob portion 21. Further, in this example, the claw portion 24 is formed by a notch portion formed in a predetermined position of the tab member 22 in an outline shape such as a generally chevron shape.
（受け部）
　受け部２５は、爪部２４を係り止め又は差し込みができるような形状に形成されている。図１３Ａの例では、受け部２５は、ベース部２の所定位置での切り込みによって形成されたスリット部となっている。この場合、受け部２５は、貫通部１０に対応する。受け部２５は、小蓋部３を回動させるようにタブ部材２２を変位させた際に爪部２４に向い合うことができる位置に形成される。 (receiving part)
The receiving portion 25 is formed in such a shape that the claw portion 24 can be engaged with or inserted into the receiving portion 25 . In the example of FIG. 13A, the receiving portion 25 is a slit portion formed by cutting the base portion 2 at a predetermined position. In this case, the receiving portion 25 corresponds to the penetrating portion 10. The receiving portion 25 is formed at a position where it can face the claw portion 24 when the tab member 22 is displaced so as to rotate the small lid portion 3.
（保持構造の形成）
　蓋体１において小蓋部３を立ち上げる場合等では摘み部２１が引き上げられる。このとき、タブ部材２２を引き上げるとともにタブ部材２２の自由端側（他端部２２Ｂ側）の所定部分を折り曲げることで爪部２４が下方向又は上方向に突出した形状となる。そして、小蓋部３の爪部２４が受け部２５に向い合う位置又はその位置の近傍位置に到達するまで小蓋部３を回動させるようにタブ部材２２を変位させる。そしてタブ部材２２の爪部２４を受け部２５に掛け止め又は差し込みする。これにより小開口部６を露出させた状態で小蓋部３を保持する保持構造が形成される。 (Formation of holding structure)
When raising the small lid part 3 on the lid body 1, the knob part 21 is pulled up. At this time, by pulling up the tab member 22 and bending a predetermined portion of the free end side (the other end 22B side) of the tab member 22, the claw portion 24 becomes shaped to protrude downward or upward. Then, the tab member 22 is displaced so as to rotate the small lid 3 until the claw portion 24 of the small lid 3 reaches a position facing the receiving portion 25 or a position near the position. Then, the claw portion 24 of the tab member 22 is latched onto or inserted into the receiving portion 25. This forms a holding structure that holds the small lid part 3 with the small opening part 6 exposed.
　上記の説明では、保持構造形成部が、受け部２５としてスリット部（貫通部１０）が形成されている場合について説明したが、第２の実施形態の変形例３で後述するように、受け部２５に対応する構造はスリット部に限定されない。 In the above description, a case has been described in which the holding structure forming part has a slit part (penetration part 10) formed as the receiving part 25, but as will be described later in Modification 3 of the second embodiment, The structure corresponding to 25 is not limited to the slit portion.
（変形例３）
　第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、第１の実施形態の変形例２と同様に、図９Ａ、図９Ｂ等に示すように、蓋体１に延出部７が形成されていてもよい。この形態を第２の実施形態の変形例３と称呼する。図９Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体の一実施例を模式的に示す平面図である。図９Ｂは、図９ＡのＦ－Ｆ線縦断面の状態を模式的に占めす断面図である。第２の実施形態の蓋体１において延出部７の構成は、第１の実施形態の変形例２と同様であるから説明を省略する。なお、図９Ａは、第２の実施形態の変形例２にかかる蓋体１において延出部７が形成されている場合を例示している。 (Modification 3)
Similarly to the second modification of the first embodiment, the lid 1 according to the second embodiment may have an extending portion 7 formed on the lid 1 as shown in FIGS. 9A, 9B, etc. good. This form will be referred to as modification 3 of the second embodiment. FIG. 9A is a plan view schematically showing an example of a lid body according to Modification 1 of the second embodiment. FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view schematically illustrating the state of the vertical cross-section taken along the line FF in FIG. 9A. In the lid 1 of the second embodiment, the configuration of the extending portion 7 is the same as that of the second modification of the first embodiment, so a description thereof will be omitted. Note that FIG. 9A illustrates a case where the extending portion 7 is formed in the lid 1 according to the second modification of the second embodiment.
　なお、図９Ａの例では、延出部７の形成位置については、小蓋部３の先端を形成する前端縁部７５と延出部７との間にヒンジ部４が位置しているように、ベース部２の外周縁２Ａに延出部７が定められている。この場合、小蓋部３の前端縁部７５の位置と延出部７の位置ができるだけ離れた状態とすることができる。このように小蓋部３の前端縁部７５の位置と延出部７の位置ができるだけ離れていることで、人が延出部７を手で摘んで蓋体１を持ち運んでも、蓋体１を摘まんだ者が、蓋体１の小蓋部３に触れてしまう虞を抑制することができ、人の手の接触による小蓋部３の汚染を抑制することができる。 In the example of FIG. 9A, the formation position of the extension part 7 is such that the hinge part 4 is located between the front edge part 75 forming the tip of the small lid part 3 and the extension part 7. , an extending portion 7 is defined on the outer peripheral edge 2A of the base portion 2. In this case, the position of the front end edge 75 of the small lid part 3 and the position of the extension part 7 can be made as far apart as possible. By making the position of the front end edge 75 of the small lid part 3 and the position of the extension part 7 as far apart as possible in this way, even if a person picks the extension part 7 by hand and carries the lid body 1, the lid body 1 It is possible to suppress the possibility that a person who picks up the small lid part 3 of the lid body 1 will touch the small lid part 3 of the lid body 1, and it is possible to suppress the contamination of the small lid part 3 due to contact with a person's hands.
　第２の実施形態の変形例３にかかる蓋体１においては、第２の実施形態の変形例２で説明した受け部の機能を延出部が兼ねてもよい。 In the lid 1 according to the third modification of the second embodiment, the extending portion may also serve as the receiving portion described in the second modification of the second embodiment.
（保持構造形成部）
　図９Ａに示す蓋体１は、図１３Ａの例と同様に爪部２４が摘み部２１（図１３Ａ、図９Ａではタブ部材２２）に形成されており、爪部２４と延出部７とが保持構造形成部を形成している。図９Ａの例では、延出部７は、小蓋部３を回動させるようにタブ部材２２を変位させた際に延出部７の外周縁７Ａが爪部２４に向い合うことができるように、形成される。 (Holding structure forming part)
In the lid body 1 shown in FIG. 9A, the claw portion 24 is formed on the knob portion 21 (tab member 22 in FIG. 13A and FIG. 9A), and the claw portion 24 and the extension portion 7 are formed in the same manner as the example in FIG. 13A. A holding structure forming portion is formed. In the example of FIG. 9A, the extending portion 7 is configured such that the outer peripheral edge 7A of the extending portion 7 can face the claw portion 24 when the tab member 22 is displaced to rotate the small lid portion 3. is formed.
（保持構造の形成）
　図９Ａの例に示す蓋体１においても、図１３Ａの例と同様に、小蓋部３を立ち上げる場合等ではタブ部材２２が、図９Ｂの矢印Ｆ１方向に、引き上げられる。図９Ａの例では、図１３Ａの例と同様に、タブ部材２２を引き上げるとともにタブ部材２２の自由端側（他端部２２Ｂ側）の所定部分を折り曲げることで爪部２４が下方向又は上方向に突出した形状となる。そして、爪部２４が延出部７の外周縁７Ａに向い合う位置又はその位置の近傍位置に到達するまで小蓋部３を回動させるようにタブ部材２２を変位させる。そして、図９Ｃに示すように、爪部２４を延出部７に掛け止め又は差し込みする。これにより小開口部６を空間部１０５の露出口とした状態で小蓋部３を保持する保持構造が形成される。図９Ｃは、保持構造の一実施例を説明するための断面図である。 (Formation of holding structure)
Also in the lid body 1 shown in the example of FIG. 9A, the tab member 22 is pulled up in the direction of the arrow F1 in FIG. 9B when the small lid part 3 is raised up, as in the example of FIG. 13A. In the example of FIG. 9A, similarly to the example of FIG. 13A, by pulling up the tab member 22 and bending a predetermined portion of the free end side (other end 22B side) of the tab member 22, the claw portion 24 is moved downward or upward. It has a prominent shape. Then, the tab member 22 is displaced so as to rotate the small lid part 3 until the claw part 24 reaches a position facing the outer peripheral edge 7A of the extension part 7 or a position near that position. Then, as shown in FIG. 9C, the claw portion 24 is hooked onto or inserted into the extension portion 7. As a result, a holding structure is formed that holds the small lid part 3 with the small opening part 6 serving as an exposure port of the space part 105. FIG. 9C is a cross-sectional view for explaining one embodiment of the holding structure.
（延出部の大きさ）
　延出部７が受け部２５の機能を有する場合、図１０に示すように、小開口部６の先端とベース部２の外周縁２Ａとの離間距離Ｄ２よりも、延出部７の延出距離Ｄ１のほうが小さくてもよい。図１０は、延出部７の一実施例を説明するための平面図である。延出部７の延出距離Ｄ１とは、蓋体１の中心ＣＴの位置から径方向に離れる方向に沿った蓋体１の外周縁２Ａから延出部７の外周縁７Ａまでの最長離間距離を示すものとする。この場合、小開口部６の先端（小蓋部３の前端縁部７５）を蓋体１の外周縁２Ａに近く形成して、小開口部６を飲み口とした使用したい場合に、延出部７のサイズを減少させることができ、使用者が延出部７を取り出し口の形成用の摘みと認識することを生じにくくすることができる。すなわち、使用者が延出部７を持ち上げて蓋体１を引き裂いて生じた引き裂き孔を内容物の取り出し口として用いることを生じにくくすることができる。 (Size of extension)
When the extension part 7 has the function of the receiving part 25, as shown in FIG. The distance D1 may be smaller. FIG. 10 is a plan view for explaining one embodiment of the extending portion 7. As shown in FIG. The extension distance D1 of the extension part 7 is the longest distance from the outer periphery 2A of the lid 1 to the outer periphery 7A of the extension part 7 along the direction away from the center CT of the lid 1 in the radial direction. shall be shown. In this case, if you want to form the tip of the small opening 6 (the front edge 75 of the small lid 3) close to the outer peripheral edge 2A of the lid 1 and use the small opening 6 as a drinking spout, the extension The size of the portion 7 can be reduced, and the user is less likely to recognize the extension portion 7 as a knob for forming an ejection opening. That is, it is possible to prevent the user from lifting the extension part 7 and tearing off the lid 1 and using the tear hole created as an opening for taking out the contents.
　また、ブランク材３０が樹脂材料を繊維シートの内部を形成する繊維に付着したものであると、ブランク材３０のコシが強固になりすぎず、延出部７に爪部２４を掛け止めした場合に、延出部７にややたわみを生じさせることができ、爪部２４の先端が容器１０１の縁部１０３まで入り込む状態としても、延出部７と爪部２４の係止を解除する方向に爪部２４の先端を延出部７まで滑らせることができる。そして、爪部２４の先端を容器１０１の縁部１０３よりも外側に位置させた状態で、保持構造を形成することが容易となる。このような保持構造が形成されていると、容器１０１の縁部１０３に汚染が生じても、蓋体１の爪部２４まで汚染が広がらず衛生状態を高めることができる。 In addition, if the blank material 30 is one in which a resin material is attached to the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet, the stiffness of the blank material 30 will not be too strong, and when the claw part 24 is hooked to the extension part 7. In addition, the extension portion 7 can be slightly bent, and even if the tip of the claw portion 24 reaches the edge 103 of the container 101, the extension portion 7 and the claw portion 24 can be bent in the direction of releasing the lock. The tip of the claw portion 24 can be slid up to the extension portion 7. Then, it becomes easy to form the holding structure with the tip of the claw portion 24 located outside the edge 103 of the container 101. If such a holding structure is formed, even if the edge 103 of the container 101 becomes contaminated, the contamination will not spread to the claws 24 of the lid 1, thereby improving hygiene.
　第２の実施形態の変形例３に示す延出部７のサイズを図１０に示すよう減少させる構成は、ブランク材３０を有する蓋体１にかえて、露出面７２と対向面７３の少なくともいずれか一方の繊維シート３１の表面上に樹脂層を形成したシート材料を用いた蓋体に対しても適用することが可能である。ただし、蓋体１がブランク材３０であり延出部７もブランク材３０で形成されていると、樹脂層を形成したシート材料を用いる場合に比べて、延出部７の表面を粗くすることが容易となり、また延出部７にややたわみを生じさせることが容易となる点でより好ましい。 The configuration in which the size of the extending portion 7 is reduced as shown in FIG. It is also possible to apply the present invention to a lid using a sheet material in which a resin layer is formed on the surface of one of the fiber sheets 31. However, if the lid body 1 is made of a blank material 30 and the extension part 7 is also made of the blank material 30, the surface of the extension part 7 may be made rougher than when a sheet material on which a resin layer is formed is used. This is more preferable because it makes it easier to bend the extending portion 7 and make it easier to cause the extending portion 7 to bend slightly.
［３　第３の実施形態］
　第１の実施形態及び第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１においては、図５Ａ、図５Ｂに示すように、窓部が形成されてもよい。この実施形態を第３の実施形態と称呼する。図５Ａは、第３の実施形態にかかる蓋体１の一実施例を示す平面図である。図５Ｂは、図５Ａに示す蓋体１のＢ－Ｂ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。 [3 Third embodiment]
In the lid body 1 according to the first embodiment and the second embodiment, a window portion may be formed as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B. This embodiment will be referred to as the third embodiment. FIG. 5A is a plan view showing an example of the lid body 1 according to the third embodiment. FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a vertical cross-section taken along line BB of the lid 1 shown in FIG. 5A.
（窓部）
　窓部４０は、蓋体付き容器１５０において外部から空間部１０５内の視認性を向上させる光透過部である。窓部４０は、蓋領域対応部５Ｂに形成されていた開口部（蓋内開口部４１）を光透過性フィルム等の窓用シート４２で覆った構成を有する。窓用シート４２は、光透過性フィルム等の光透過性を有するものであれば、特に限定されず、次に示すような材質のフィルムを例示することができる。窓用シート４２を形成するフィルムの材質としては、合成樹脂や天然樹脂等が挙げられる。合成樹脂や天然樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン（ＰＥ）やポリプロピレン（ＰＰ）等のオレフィン系樹脂、ポリスチレン（ＰＳ）等のスチレン系樹脂、ポリアクリレートやポリメタクリレート等のアクリル系樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル（ＰＶＣ）やポリ酢酸ビニル等のビニル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート（ＰＥＴ）等のポリエステル系樹脂、フッ素系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂（ＰＣ）、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン（ＰＥＥＫ）やポリエーテルサルフォン（ＰＥＳ）等のポリエーテル系樹脂等が挙げられる。窓用シート４２を形成するフィルムの材質としては、環境負荷の軽減性の観点からは、生分解性樹脂等が好ましい。生分解性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリヒドロキシアルカノエート（ＰＨＡ）やＰＨＡ系共重合体等の微生物生産系生分解性樹脂；酢酸セルロース等のセルロース誘導体やトウモロコシデンプン等の澱粉を主原料とした澱粉系樹脂等の天然物系生分解性樹脂；ポリ乳酸（ＰＬＡ）、ポリ乳酸／ポリカプロラクトン共重合体、ポリ乳酸／ポリエーテル共重合体等の乳酸系樹脂、ポリブチレンサクシネート（ＰＢＳ）、ポリブチレンサクシネートアジペート（ＰＢＳＡ）、ポリエチレンテレフタレートサクシネート（ＰＥＴＳ）等のサクシネート系樹脂、ポリカプロラクトン、ポリビニルアルコール（ＰＶＡ）等の化学合成系生分解性樹脂等、その他、ポリグリコール酸（ＰＧＡ）、ポリブチレンアジペート／テレフタレート、生分解性ポリオレフィン（商品面：Ｂｉｏｒｅｃｏｖｅｒ、商品名；Ｃｒａ　Ｄｒｏｐ等）が挙げられる。 (window)
The window portion 40 is a light transmitting portion that improves the visibility of the space portion 105 from the outside in the lidded container 150. The window portion 40 has a structure in which an opening (in-lid opening 41) formed in the lid region corresponding portion 5B is covered with a window sheet 42 such as a light-transmissive film. The window sheet 42 is not particularly limited as long as it has light transmittance, such as a light transmitting film, and examples thereof include films made of the following materials. Examples of the material of the film forming the window sheet 42 include synthetic resins and natural resins. Examples of synthetic resins and natural resins include olefin resins such as polyethylene (PE) and polypropylene (PP), styrene resins such as polystyrene (PS), acrylic resins such as polyacrylate and polymethacrylate, and polyvinyl chloride ( PVC), vinyl resins such as polyvinyl acetate, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), fluorine resins, polycarbonate resins (PC), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), etc. Examples include polyether resins such as polyether sulfone (PES). The material of the film forming the window sheet 42 is preferably biodegradable resin or the like from the viewpoint of reducing environmental load. Examples of biodegradable resins include microbial-produced biodegradable resins such as polyhydroxyalkanoate (PHA) and PHA-based copolymers; starches mainly made from cellulose derivatives such as cellulose acetate and starch such as corn starch; Natural product-based biodegradable resins such as polylactic acid (PLA), polylactic acid/polycaprolactone copolymers, polylactic acid/polyether copolymers, etc., polybutylene succinate (PBS), polyester resins, etc. Succinate resins such as butylene succinate adipate (PBSA) and polyethylene terephthalate succinate (PETS); chemically synthesized biodegradable resins such as polycaprolactone and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); Examples include butylene adipate/terephthalate and biodegradable polyolefins (product name: Biorecover, product name: Cra Drop, etc.).
　また、容器の内容物が液体等の場合には、窓用シート４２は、耐水性、耐油性等に優れたものが用いられることが好ましい。 Further, when the contents of the container are liquid or the like, it is preferable that the window sheet 42 has excellent water resistance, oil resistance, etc.
　窓部４０に設けられている窓用シート４２は、ブランク材３０における蓋内開口部４１の周囲に対応する部分に沿って接着された部分（接着部４６）を形成している。窓用シート４２を蓋内開口部４１の周囲に対応する部分に接着する方法は特に限定されない。例えば、蓋内開口部４１の周囲と窓用シート４２との間にホットメルトを塗布して塗布部を形成し、塗布部でヒートシールすることで、窓用シート４２を蓋内開口部４１の周囲に対応する部分に接着して接着部４６を形成してもよい。窓部４０は、図５Ａの例では、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１に対して設けられていたが、図１１Ａに例示するように第２の実施形態にかかる蓋体１や、図１１Ｂ、図１１Ｃに例示するように後述する第４の実施形態にかかる蓋体１に対して設けられてもよい。図１１Ａ、図１１Ｂは、第３の実施形態にかかる蓋体１の他の例を示す平面図であり、図１１Ｃは、図１１ＢのＧ－Ｇ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。 The window sheet 42 provided in the window portion 40 forms a portion (adhesive portion 46) that is adhered along a portion of the blank material 30 that corresponds to the periphery of the in-lid opening 41. The method of adhering the window sheet 42 to a portion corresponding to the periphery of the in-lid opening 41 is not particularly limited. For example, hot melt is applied between the periphery of the opening 41 in the lid and the window sheet 42 to form a coated part, and the window sheet 42 is sealed around the opening 41 in the lid by heat-sealing in the coated part. The adhesive portion 46 may be formed by adhering to a portion corresponding to the periphery. In the example of FIG. 5A, the window portion 40 is provided for the lid 1 according to the first embodiment, but as illustrated in FIG. 11A, the window 40 is provided for the lid 1 according to the second embodiment and the 11B and 11C, it may be provided for the lid body 1 according to the fourth embodiment described later. 11A and 11B are plan views showing other examples of the lid body 1 according to the third embodiment, and FIG. 11C is a sectional view schematically showing the state of the longitudinal section taken along line GG in FIG. 11B. It is.
　第３の実施形態に示す窓部４０の構成は、ブランク材３０を有する蓋体１にかえて、露出面７２と対向面７３の少なくともいずれか一方の繊維シート３１の表面上に樹脂層を形成したシート材料を用いた蓋体に対しても適用することが可能である。ただし、蓋体１がブランク材３０であると、窓用シート４２とブランク材３０の間に接着部４６を形成する際、接着部４６を形成するホットメルト等の材料として様々な樹脂材料を用いても窓用シート４２とブランク材３０との良好な接着を期待することができる点でより好ましい。 In the configuration of the window portion 40 shown in the third embodiment, instead of the lid 1 having the blank material 30, a resin layer is formed on the surface of the fiber sheet 31 on at least one of the exposed surface 72 and the opposing surface 73. It is also possible to apply the present invention to a lid using a sheet material made of aluminum. However, when the lid body 1 is a blank material 30, when forming the adhesive part 46 between the window sheet 42 and the blank material 30, various resin materials are used as a material such as hot melt to form the adhesive part 46. This is more preferable in that good adhesion between the window sheet 42 and the blank material 30 can be expected.
［４　第４の実施形態］
　第１の実施形態から第３の実施形態にかかる蓋体１においては、図６Ａ、図６Ｂ等に示すように、隆起部（膨出部）が形成されてもよい。この実施形態を第４の実施形態と称呼する。 [4 Fourth embodiment]
In the lid body 1 according to the first to third embodiments, a protruding portion (bulging portion) may be formed as shown in FIGS. 6A, 6B, and the like. This embodiment will be referred to as the fourth embodiment.
（隆起部）
　隆起部４３は、蓋体１の露出面７２側に形成されており、隆起部４３の外側（隆起部４３の基端よりも外側）を基準として上方側（＋Ｚ方向側）に突出した部分（図６Ａ、図６Ｂの例では接合領域対応部５Ａの位置を基準として＋Ｚ方向側に突出した部分）となっている。隆起部４３は、接合領域対応部５Ａの内縁端から内側に設けられていることが好ましい。すなわち、隆起部４３は、蓋領域対応部５Ｂの全体に形成されてもよいし、蓋領域対応部５Ｂの内側の一部分に設けられていてもよい。 (ridge)
The raised portion 43 is formed on the exposed surface 72 side of the lid body 1, and has a portion ( In the examples of FIGS. 6A and 6B, it is a portion that protrudes in the +Z direction with respect to the position of the bonding area corresponding portion 5A. It is preferable that the raised portion 43 is provided inward from the inner edge of the bonding region corresponding portion 5A. That is, the raised part 43 may be formed on the entire lid area corresponding part 5B, or may be provided on a part of the inside of the lid area corresponding part 5B.
（陥没部）
　蓋体１の露出面７２とは逆面側（対向面７３側）において隆起部４３に対応する部分（背反する部分）には、陥没部４４が形成されている。この場合、隆起部４３を形成する部分がエンボス構造における凸状構造部となる。これにより、蓋体付き容器１５０の状態で、容器１０１の開口部１０２よりも上側に内容物が存在しても内容物が蓋体１に接することなく蓋体１を取り付けた状態を維持することが容易となる。例えば、容器１０１内にコーヒー等の液体を内容物として収容し、さらに生クリームを液体の液面に浮かせた場合に、生クリームの上端が容器１０１の開口部１０２よりも上側に位置しても、生クリームの上端を陥没部４４内の空間内に収容させることができ、生クリームの上端が蓋体１の対向面７３に付着する虞を抑制することができる。 (sinking part)
A recessed portion 44 is formed in a portion of the lid body 1 that corresponds to the raised portion 43 on the side opposite to the exposed surface 72 (opposite surface 73 side) (opposite portion). In this case, the portion forming the raised portion 43 becomes a convex structure in the embossed structure. Thereby, even if the contents are present above the opening 102 of the container 101 in the state of the container 150 with a lid, the state in which the lid 1 is attached can be maintained without the contents coming into contact with the lid 1. becomes easier. For example, if a liquid such as coffee is stored in the container 101 and fresh cream is floated on the surface of the liquid, the upper end of the cream may be located above the opening 102 of the container 101. The upper end of the fresh cream can be accommodated in the space within the recessed part 44, and the possibility that the upper end of the fresh cream will adhere to the facing surface 73 of the lid 1 can be suppressed.
　蓋体１に隆起部４３が形成されている場合、図１１Ｂ、図１１Ｃに示すように、隆起部４３の先端部４３Ａを含む領域に窓部４０が形成されていることが、容器１０１内の空間部１０５を含む全空間（陥没部４４）を全体的に視認することが容易となる観点からは好ましい。 When the raised part 43 is formed on the lid 1, as shown in FIGS. 11B and 11C, the window part 40 is formed in the area including the tip 43A of the raised part 43, which means that the interior of the container 101 is This is preferable from the viewpoint of making it easy to visually recognize the entire space (the depressed portion 44) including the space portion 105.
　また、蓋体１に隆起部４３が形成されている場合、図６Ａ、図６Ｂに示すように、隆起部４３の基端部に沿って小蓋部３の外周縁３Ａとヒンジ部４が形成されていることが好ましい。この場合、ヒンジ部４を軸として小蓋部３を引き上げた場合に、隆起部４３の全体を引き上げた状態とすることができる。 In addition, when the raised part 43 is formed on the lid 1, as shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B, the outer peripheral edge 3A of the small lid part 3 and the hinge part 4 are formed along the base end of the raised part 43. It is preferable that the In this case, when the small lid part 3 is pulled up about the hinge part 4, the entire raised part 43 can be pulled up.
（製造方法）
　第４の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、例えば次のように製造することができる。上記第１の実施形態における［１－２　製造方法］で説明したように、浸漬工程と乾燥工程が実施される。ただし、乾燥工程の途中または乾燥工程の前（ただし浸漬工程の後（すなわち浸漬工程と乾燥工程の間）に、浸漬液を含む繊維シート３１を賦形する賦形処理が行われる。賦形処理は、エンボス加工処理を例示することができる。賦形処理において、隆起部４３に対応する構造が形成される（陥没部４４に対応する構造も形成される）。賦形処理と乾燥工程が実施された後、蓋体１の形状に応じた加工を施すことで、ブランク材３０が形成される。 (Production method)
The lid 1 according to the fourth embodiment can be manufactured, for example, as follows. As explained in [1-2 Manufacturing method] in the first embodiment, the dipping step and the drying step are performed. However, during the drying process or before the drying process (but after the dipping process (that is, between the dipping process and the drying process), a shaping process is performed to shape the fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid. Shaping process An example of this is an embossing process. In the shaping process, a structure corresponding to the raised part 43 is formed (a structure corresponding to the depressed part 44 is also formed). A shaping process and a drying process are performed. After that, the blank material 30 is formed by processing according to the shape of the lid body 1.
　乾燥工程では、浸漬液を含む繊維シート３１に含まれる水や非水系溶媒をおおむね完全に蒸発させた状態とてもよいし、水分や非水系溶媒が繊維シートに多少残っている状態でもよい。なお、水分や非水系溶媒が繊維シートに多少残っている状態であれば、乾燥工程の後に賦形処理が適用されてもよい。ただし、賦形工程によって形成される隆起部の外観を良好にする観点からは、乾燥工程の途中または乾燥工程の前に賦形処理が適用されることが好ましい。 In the drying process, it is good that the water and non-aqueous solvent contained in the fiber sheet 31 containing the dipping liquid are almost completely evaporated, or it is possible that some water and non-aqueous solvent remain in the fiber sheet. Note that if some moisture or non-aqueous solvent remains in the fiber sheet, shaping treatment may be applied after the drying step. However, from the viewpoint of improving the appearance of the raised portions formed by the shaping process, the shaping process is preferably applied during or before the drying process.
　第４の実施形態に示す隆起部４３（及び陥没部４４）の構成は、ブランク材３０を有する蓋体１にかえて、露出面７２と対向面７３の少なくともいずれか一方の繊維シート３１の表面上に樹脂層を形成したシート材料を用いた蓋体に対しても適用することが可能である。ただし、蓋体１がブランク材３０であると、上記した第４の実施形態にかかる蓋体１の製造方法を容易に適用することができ、外観良好な隆起部４３を得やすくなる点でより好ましい。 The structure of the raised part 43 (and depressed part 44) shown in the fourth embodiment is that instead of the lid 1 having the blank material 30, the surface of the fiber sheet 31 on at least one of the exposed surface 72 and the opposing surface 73 is It is also possible to apply the present invention to a lid using a sheet material on which a resin layer is formed. However, if the lid 1 is a blank material 30, the method for manufacturing the lid 1 according to the fourth embodiment described above can be easily applied, and it is easier to obtain the raised portion 43 with a good appearance. preferable.
　上述した、第１の実施形態から第４の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、後述する蓋体付き容器１５０の状態で、蓋体１が容器１０１に対して接合され、接合部１５１を形成する。接合部１５１は、容器１０１と蓋体１とが相互に接着（粘着を含む）される部分となっており、蓋体１と容器１０１とを分離するためには接合部１５１で蓋体１と容器１０１とを剥離することになる。蓋体１は、このようなものに限定されず、次に述べるように、蓋体１が容器１０１に対して嵌合するものであってもよい。 In the lid 1 according to the first to fourth embodiments described above, the lid 1 is joined to the container 101 to form a joint 151 in a state of a container 150 with a lid, which will be described later. . The joint 151 is a part where the container 101 and the lid 1 are bonded (including adhesive) to each other, and in order to separate the lid 1 and the container 101, the lid 1 and This means that the container 101 will be separated. The lid 1 is not limited to this type, and the lid 1 may fit into the container 101 as described below.
［５　第５の実施形態］
［５－１　構成］
　第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、図１５Ａ、図１５Ｂに例示するように、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３を有する。第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、図２１等を用いて後述するように、上端に形成された開口部１０２と開口部１０２の外周を形成する上端縁部となる縁部１０３とを有する容器１０１に接触可能に形成されている。蓋体２０１と容器との接触する状態に関して、蓋体２０１は、上端に形成された開口部１０２と開口部１０２の外周を形成する上端縁部となる縁部１０３とを有する容器に嵌合可能に形成されている。図１５Ａは、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を模式的に示す斜視図である。図１５Ｂは、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体の一実施例を模式的に示す断面図である。なお、図１５Ｂは、図１５ＡのＮ－Ｎ線縦断面の状態を示す。図２１は、図１５Ａ、図１５Ｂに示す蓋体１を容器１０１に接合した蓋体付き容器１５０の例を示す断面図である。また、図１５Ａにおいて、Ｎ－Ｎ線は、おおむね差し入れ口２１９の直上を通るような位置としている。このことは、図１６ＡのＪ－Ｊ線、図１７ＡのＫ－Ｋ線及び図１８ＡのＬ－Ｌ線についても同様である。 [5 Fifth embodiment]
[5-1 Configuration]
The lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment has a canopy part 202 and a side wall part 203, as illustrated in FIGS. 15A and 15B. The lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment has an opening 102 formed at the upper end and an edge 103 serving as the upper edge forming the outer periphery of the opening 102, as described later using FIG. 21 etc. It is formed so as to be able to come into contact with the container 101 that has it. Regarding the state of contact between the lid 201 and the container, the lid 201 can be fitted into a container that has an opening 102 formed at the upper end and an edge 103 forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 and serving as the upper edge. is formed. FIG. 15A is a perspective view schematically showing an example of the lid according to the fifth embodiment. FIG. 15B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the lid according to the fifth embodiment. Note that FIG. 15B shows the state of a longitudinal section taken along the line NN in FIG. 15A. FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing an example of a container with a lid 150 in which the lid 1 shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B is joined to the container 101. Further, in FIG. 15A, the line NN is positioned to pass approximately directly above the insertion opening 219. This also applies to line JJ in FIG. 16A, line KK in FIG. 17A, and line LL in FIG. 18A.
　図１５Ａ、図１５Ｂの例に示すように、蓋体２０１は、曲がり部２０４を有していることが好ましい。曲がり部２０４は、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３とを繋ぐ部分となっており、図１５Ａ、図１５Ｂの例では、曲がり部２０４と側壁部２０３とが連続的（一体的）に形成されている。 As shown in the examples of FIGS. 15A and 15B, the lid 201 preferably has a bent portion 204. The bent part 204 is a part that connects the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203, and in the examples of FIGS. 15A and 15B, the bent part 204 and the side wall part 203 are formed continuously (integrally). .
（天蓋部）
天蓋部２０２は、図２１に示すように、蓋体２０１を容器１０１に取り付けた（装着した）場合に、容器１０１の開口部１０２を覆う部分となる。天蓋部２０２の形状は、容器１０１の形状に応じて定められてよく、円形状、楕円形状、三角形状、矩形状、多角形状、面取り形状などを例示することができる。 (Canopy part)
As shown in FIG. 21, the canopy part 202 becomes a part that covers the opening 102 of the container 101 when the lid 201 is attached (equipped) to the container 101. The shape of the canopy part 202 may be determined according to the shape of the container 101, and examples thereof include a circular shape, an elliptical shape, a triangular shape, a rectangular shape, a polygonal shape, and a chamfered shape.
（曲がり部）
　曲がり部２０４は、天蓋部２０２の外周縁を取り巻くように形成されており、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３の境界を形成する部分となっている。曲がり部２０４は、蓋体２０１を容器１０１に取付けた場合に側壁部２０３が容器１０１の側壁１０４や縁部１０３に対向するように形成されている。図１５Ａから図１５Ｂの例では、曲がり部２０４は、折れ曲がり構造を有しているが、後述するように曲がり部２０４は、折り曲がり構造を有する場合に限定されない。また、「天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３の境界を形成する部分」には、その部分自体が境界をなす場合、その部分の内部や端部に境界が定められる場合（天蓋部２０２及び／又は側壁部２０３の一部が曲がり部２０４を兼ねる場合）のいずれも含むものとする。天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３の境界は、曲がり部２０４の中央に定められる。曲がり部２０４が湾曲構造を有する場合（例えば、後述する第４の実施形態の変形例４の一例を示す図２０Ａから図２０Ｂ）には、曲がり部２０４は、湾曲した範囲で特定される部分で構成され、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３の境界は、曲がり部２０４のおおむね中央で定められる。 (bending part)
The bent portion 204 is formed so as to surround the outer peripheral edge of the canopy portion 202 and forms a boundary between the canopy portion 202 and the side wall portion 203. The bent portion 204 is formed such that the side wall portion 203 faces the side wall 104 and edge 103 of the container 101 when the lid 201 is attached to the container 101. In the examples of FIGS. 15A to 15B, the bent portion 204 has a bent structure, but the bent portion 204 is not limited to having a bent structure, as will be described later. In addition, "the part forming the boundary between the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203" includes cases where the part itself forms a boundary, cases where the boundary is defined inside or at the end of the part (the canopy part 202 and/or the side wall part 203). (a case where a part of the portion 203 also serves as the bent portion 204) is included. The boundary between the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 is defined at the center of the bent part 204. When the bent portion 204 has a curved structure (for example, FIGS. 20A to 20B showing an example of modification 4 of the fourth embodiment described later), the bent portion 204 is a portion specified in a curved range. The boundary between the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 is defined approximately at the center of the bent part 204.
（側壁部）
　側壁部２０３は、天蓋部２０２の外周端に沿って、環状に形成されている。 (side wall)
The side wall portion 203 is formed in an annular shape along the outer peripheral edge of the canopy portion 202 .
　第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、蓋体２０１を形成するためのブランク材２５０を一体成型することによって天蓋部２０２と曲がり部２０４と側壁部２０３と天蓋部２０２を一体的に形成することで、得ることができる。 The lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment has a canopy part 202, a bent part 204, a side wall part 203, and a canopy part 202 integrally formed by integrally molding a blank material 250 for forming the lid body 201. You can get it by doing this.
（ブランク材）
　第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１では、ブランク材２５０は、第１の実施形態から第４の実施形態の説明において示したブランク材３０と同様に形成されてよい。すなわち、ブランク材２５０が、紙系素材から形成された繊維を含む繊維シート２６０と樹脂材料とを有するシート材料から形成される。シート材料は、繊維シート２６０の内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維に樹脂材料を付着した構造を備える。第１の実施形態から第４の実施形態で説明された樹脂材料と同様でよい。繊維シート２６０は、第１の実施形態から第４の実施形態で説明された繊維シート３１と同様でよい。 (Blank material)
In the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment, the blank material 250 may be formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 shown in the description of the first to fourth embodiments. That is, the blank material 250 is formed from a sheet material including a fiber sheet 260 containing fibers formed from a paper-based material and a resin material. The sheet material has a structure in which a resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet 260. The resin material may be the same as the resin material described in the first to fourth embodiments. The fiber sheet 260 may be similar to the fiber sheet 31 described in the first to fourth embodiments.
（接触部）
　蓋体２０１は、容器１０１に嵌合させた状態で容器１０１に接する接触部２７４を有する。接触部２７４は、側壁部２０３の所定の部分（第１の接触部２７４Ａ）に形成されている。さらに、接触部２７４は、図１５Ｂに示すように、天蓋部２０２のうち対向面２７３側の所定の領域に対応する部分（第２の接触部２７４Ｂ）に形成されていることが好ましい。蓋体２０１を容器１０１に嵌合させた場合に、接触部２７４が形成されていることで、容器１０１の内容物が外部に漏れる虞を抑制することができる。第１の接触部２７４Ａは、おおむね容器の縁部１０３の外面端全周にわたり形成されていることが好適であり、また環状に形成されていることが好適である。第２の接触部２７４Ｂは、おおむね容器の縁部１０３の上端全周にわたり形成されていることが好適であり、また環状に形成されていることが好適である。第１の接触部２７４Ａと第２の接触部２７４Ｂは、互いに離れていてもよいし、繋がっていてもよい。第５の実施形態に示す接触部２７４（第１の接触部２７４Ａと第２の接触部２７４Ｂを含む）については、後述する第６の実施形態、第７の実施形態及び第８の実施形態（第６の実施形態から第８の実施形態）についても同様である。 (contact part)
The lid body 201 has a contact portion 274 that comes into contact with the container 101 in a state where the lid body 201 is fitted onto the container 101. The contact portion 274 is formed in a predetermined portion of the side wall portion 203 (first contact portion 274A). Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 15B, the contact portion 274 is preferably formed in a portion (second contact portion 274B) corresponding to a predetermined region of the canopy portion 202 on the opposing surface 273 side. When the lid body 201 is fitted to the container 101, the contact portion 274 can suppress the possibility that the contents of the container 101 will leak to the outside. The first contact portion 274A is preferably formed around the entire outer surface end of the edge 103 of the container, and is preferably formed in an annular shape. The second contact portion 274B is preferably formed around the entire upper end of the edge 103 of the container, and is preferably formed in an annular shape. The first contact portion 274A and the second contact portion 274B may be separated from each other or may be connected. The contact portion 274 (including the first contact portion 274A and the second contact portion 274B) shown in the fifth embodiment is similar to that in the sixth embodiment, seventh embodiment, and eighth embodiment (described later). The same applies to the sixth embodiment to the eighth embodiment).
　また、図１５Ａ、図１５Ｂの例では、天蓋部２０２の所定の位置に貫通部２１０が形成されている。この貫通部２１０として差し入れ口２１９が形成されている。貫通部２１０は切り込み部２０８で形成されている。切り込み部２０８は、図１５の例では、十字の切り込みとなっている。差し入れ口２１９や貫通部２１０は、第１の実施形態で説明した差し入れ口１９や貫通部１０と同様に形成されてよい。貫通部２１０は、露出面２７２から対向面２７３まで天蓋部２０２を貫通する部分となっている。貫通部２１０の周面部を形成する領域（第１の実施形態で説明した周面部１１の領域と同様の領域）に、第１の実施形態で説明したことと同様に、繊維シート２６０の断面が露出している。また、貫通部２１０の周面部に露出した繊維シート２６０の断面の少なくとも一部に、少なくとも一部の樹脂材料が露出している。第５の実施形態に示す繊維シート２６０の断面の露出や樹脂材料の露出については、後述する第６の実施形態から第８の実施形態についても同様である。 Furthermore, in the examples shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, a penetrating portion 210 is formed at a predetermined position of the canopy portion 202. An insertion opening 219 is formed as this penetration part 210. The penetrating portion 210 is formed by the cut portion 208 . In the example of FIG. 15, the cut portion 208 is a cross cut. The insertion opening 219 and the penetration part 210 may be formed in the same manner as the insertion opening 19 and the penetration part 10 described in the first embodiment. The penetrating portion 210 is a portion that penetrates the canopy portion 202 from the exposed surface 272 to the opposing surface 273. In the same manner as described in the first embodiment, a cross section of the fiber sheet 260 is formed in a region forming the peripheral surface of the penetrating portion 210 (a region similar to the region of the peripheral surface 11 described in the first embodiment). exposed. Furthermore, at least a portion of the resin material is exposed on at least a portion of the cross section of the fiber sheet 260 exposed on the peripheral surface of the penetrating portion 210 . The exposure of the cross section of the fiber sheet 260 and the exposure of the resin material shown in the fifth embodiment also apply to the sixth to eighth embodiments described later.
［５－２　作用及び効果］
　曲がり部を有する蓋体（側壁部と曲がり部と天蓋部を有する蓋体）を形成するためのブランク材が紙系素材で構成されている場合においてブランク材を蓋体の形状（立体的形状）に賦形する場合、曲がり部の近傍や側壁部に細かな皺や襞などが多数生じる。ブランク材が紙系素材のみで構成されていると、賦形後に蓋体を構成する繊維に復元力が作用し、さらに、このような細かな皺や襞は、蓋体を取り扱う場合や、蓋体を容器に取り付けた場合等に蓋体に負荷される力等の影響も受けて、形状に戻りを生じることがある。この点、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１によれば、ブランク材２５０を一体成型する際の形状変形（賦形）の後に、形状に戻りを生じる虞を抑制することができる。 [5-2 Action and effect]
When a blank material for forming a lid body having a curved part (a lid body having a side wall part, a curved part, and a canopy part) is made of a paper-based material, the shape of the blank material is the shape of the lid body (three-dimensional shape). When shaped into shapes, many fine wrinkles and folds occur near the bends and on the side walls. If the blank material is made of paper-based materials only, a restoring force will act on the fibers that make up the lid body after shaping, and such fine wrinkles and folds will be removed when handling the lid body or when handling the lid body. The lid body may return to its shape due to the influence of the force applied to the lid body when the lid body is attached to the container. In this regard, according to the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the blank material 250 will return to its shape after the shape deformation (shaping) when integrally molding the blank material 250.
［５－３　変形例］
（第５の実施形態の変形例１）
　第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１においては、図１８Ａや図１８Ｂ等に示すように、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３とが別体の部材で形成されてもよい（第５の実施形態の変形例１）。第５の実施形態の変形例１には、天蓋部２０２を形成する部材の一部が側壁部２０３の一部を形成している場合、及び、側壁部２０３を形成する部材の一部が天蓋部２０２の一部を形成している場合が含まれる。図１８Ａ、図１８Ｂは、天蓋部２０２を形成する部材の一部が側壁部２０３の一部を形成している場合の一例を示す。 [5-3 Modification example]
(Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment)
In the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment, the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 may be formed of separate members, as shown in FIGS. 18A, 18B, etc. Modification 1). Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment includes a case where a part of the member forming the canopy part 202 forms a part of the side wall part 203, and a part of the member forming the side wall part 203 forms the canopy part. This includes the case where it forms part of the section 202. 18A and 18B show an example in which a part of the member forming the canopy part 202 forms a part of the side wall part 203.
　図１８Ａや図１８Ｂ等に示す第５の実施形態の変形例１にかかる蓋体２０１については、例えば、天蓋部２０２を形成するための第１の部分２３１を有する天蓋部形成部材２２２と、側壁部２０３を形成するための側壁部形成部材２２３とが準備される。天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１の外端部（外縁端部）に第２の部分２３２として側壁部形成部材２２３に接合可能に構成された接合代２３０が延設されている。天蓋部形成部材２２２の接合代２３０を側壁部形成部材２２３の上端部に接着することで、天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を接合することによって、曲がり部２０４を形成する。このとき蓋体２０１が形成される。この場合、ブランク材としては、図１９Ａや図１９Ｂ等に示すように、天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を形成するためのブランク材（それぞれ第１のブランク材２５１、第２のブランク材２５２と称呼する）を用いることができる。天蓋部形成部材２２２を形成するための第１のブランク材２５１は、天蓋部２０２の形状に接合代２３０を合わせた形状に形成されたシート材が用いられてよい。第２のブランク材２５２は、側壁部２０３の形状に応じた形状とされ、例えば側壁部２０３が先端に向かって縮径または拡径する形状である場合、扇状に形成された（部分扇型形状に形成された）シート材が用いられてよい。第２のブランク材２５２の両端の端縁部２５３、２５３を接合して、側壁部２０３を形成する側壁部形成部材２２３を得ることができる。 Regarding the lid body 201 according to the first modification of the fifth embodiment shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B, for example, a canopy part forming member 222 having a first part 231 for forming the canopy part 202, and a side wall. A side wall portion forming member 223 for forming the portion 203 is prepared. A joining allowance 230 configured to be able to be joined to the side wall forming member 223 as a second portion 232 extends from the outer end (outer edge end) of the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222 . By bonding the joining margin 230 of the canopy part forming member 222 to the upper end of the side wall part forming member 223, the bent part 204 is formed by joining the canopy part forming member 222 and the side wall part forming member 223. At this time, the lid body 201 is formed. In this case, as shown in FIG. 19A, FIG. material 252) can be used. As the first blank material 251 for forming the canopy part forming member 222, a sheet material formed in a shape that matches the shape of the canopy part 202 with the joining allowance 230 may be used. The second blank material 252 has a shape corresponding to the shape of the side wall portion 203. For example, when the side wall portion 203 has a shape that decreases or expands in diameter toward the tip, the second blank material 252 is formed in a fan shape (partial fan shape). A sheet material (formed in The side wall portion forming member 223 that forms the side wall portion 203 can be obtained by joining the end edges 253, 253 at both ends of the second blank material 252.
　第５の実施形態の変形例１では、第１のブランク材２５１及び第２のブランク材２５２からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも１つのブランク材が、上述したブランク材３０と同様に形成されてよい。すなわち、第１のブランク材２５１及び第２のブランク材２５２からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも１つのブランク材が、紙系素材から形成された繊維を含む繊維シート２６０を有する。そして、繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の繊維に樹脂材料が付着している。図１８Ａ，図１８Ｂ、図１９Ａ、図１９Ｂの例では、第１のブランク材及び第２のブランク材が紙系素材から形成された繊維を含む繊維シート２６０を有する。 In the first modification of the fifth embodiment, at least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material 251 and the second blank material 252 may be formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 described above. . That is, at least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material 251 and the second blank material 252 has a fiber sheet 260 containing fibers formed from a paper-based material. The resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet. In the examples of FIGS. 18A, 18B, 19A, and 19B, the first blank material and the second blank material have a fiber sheet 260 containing fibers made of a paper-based material.
（第５の実施形態の変形例２）
　図１５Ａ、図１５Ｂの例では、側壁部２０３は、下側に向かって（－Ｚ方向に向かって）先細りする（横断面内径が小さくなる（縮径する））ように形成されているが、これは好ましい一例であり、側壁部２０３は、下側に向かって先太り（横断面内径が大きくなる（拡径する））するように形成されていてもよい。また側壁部２０３は、下側に向かって先太りも先細りもしない（横断面内径が一定となる）するように形成されていてもよく、側壁部２０３は、下側に向かって先太りや先細りする部分（断面内径が変化する部分）を有するように形成されていてもよい（第５の実施形態の変形例２）。第５の実施形態の変形例２に示すことは、後述する第６の実施形態から第８の実施形態についても同様である。なお、横断面は、上下方向を法線とする平面で側壁部を切断した状態を想定した場合に認められる側壁部の切断面を示す。横断面内径は、切断面（横断面）がおおむね環状となる場合に、内周面側の径を示す。 (Modification 2 of the fifth embodiment)
In the examples shown in FIGS. 15A and 15B, the side wall portion 203 is formed to taper downward (in the -Z direction) (the inner diameter of the cross section becomes smaller (reduced diameter)). This is a preferable example, and the side wall portion 203 may be formed so that it becomes thicker toward the bottom (the inner diameter of the cross section becomes larger (increases in diameter)). Further, the side wall portion 203 may be formed so as not to taper toward the bottom (the cross-sectional inner diameter is constant); (modification 2 of the fifth embodiment). What is shown in the second modification of the fifth embodiment also applies to the sixth to eighth embodiments described later. Note that the cross section indicates a cut surface of the side wall section that is observed when the side wall section is cut along a plane whose normal is the vertical direction. The cross-sectional inner diameter indicates the diameter on the inner circumferential surface side when the cut surface (cross-section) is approximately annular.
（第５の実施形態の変形例３）
　第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１の天蓋部２０２は、第２の実施形態から第４の実施形態で説明したように構成されてもよい（第５の実施形態の変形例３）。従って、第５の実施形態の変形例３において、天蓋部２０２には、開口形成部２０に対応する構成が存在してもよく（第２の実施形態に対応する）、窓部４０に対応する構成が存在してもよく（第３の実施形態に対応する）、隆起部４３に対応する構成が存在してもよく（第４の実施形態に対応する）、これらの構成の組み合わせが同時に存在してもよい。また、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１には、第１の実施形態及び第２の実施形態に示す変形例に対応する構成を設けることが禁止されない。第５の実施形態の変形例３に示すことは、後述する第６の実施形態から第８の実施形態についても同様である。第５の実施形態の変形例３にかかる蓋体２０１では、差し入れ口２１９の構成を省略されてもよい。 (Variation 3 of the fifth embodiment)
The canopy part 202 of the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment may be configured as described in the second to fourth embodiments (Modification 3 of the fifth embodiment). Therefore, in the third modification of the fifth embodiment, the canopy part 202 may have a configuration corresponding to the opening forming part 20 (corresponding to the second embodiment), and a configuration corresponding to the window part 40 may exist. A configuration may be present (corresponding to the third embodiment), a configuration corresponding to the raised portion 43 may be present (corresponding to the fourth embodiment), and a combination of these configurations may be present simultaneously. You may. Moreover, it is not prohibited to provide the lid body 201 according to the fifth embodiment with a configuration corresponding to the modification shown in the first embodiment and the second embodiment. What is shown in the third modification of the fifth embodiment also applies to the sixth to eighth embodiments described below. In the lid body 201 according to the third modification of the fifth embodiment, the configuration of the insertion opening 219 may be omitted.
（第５の実施形態の変形例４）
　第８の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１においては、図２０Ａから図２０Ｂに示すように、曲がり部２０４が張出部２２６で構成されてもよい。また、張出部２２６の端部（内端部２２８Ａ、外端部２２８Ｂ）のうち側壁部２０３に近いほうの端部（外端部２２８Ｂ）またはその近傍で凸部２２５が形成されていてもよい。 (Variation 4 of the fifth embodiment)
In the lid body 201 according to the eighth embodiment, the bent portion 204 may be constituted by a projecting portion 226, as shown in FIGS. 20A to 20B. Furthermore, even if the convex portion 225 is formed at the end (outer end 228B) of the end portion (inner end 228A, outer end 228B) of the overhanging portion 226 that is closer to the side wall portion 203, or in the vicinity thereof. good.
（張出部）
　図２０Ａから図２０Ｂに示す第８の実施形態の変形例にかかる蓋体２０１の一例では、天蓋部２０２の外周端側の所定の領域が斜め上方向に突出した構造（張り出した構造）として張出部２２６が形成されているが、張出部２２６の張出方向は、上方向でもよいし、横方向（天蓋部２０２の平面方向）であってもよい。また、張出部２２６の内面２２６Ａ側は、没入した部分（没入部２２７）となっている。没入部２２７の形状は、張出部２６の形状に対応した形状となっている。これは、ブランク材２５０から蓋体２０１を形成する際の金型の形状に応じて実現することができる。没入部２２７の大きさは、容器１０１の縁部１０３を嵌め合わることができる程度の大きさであることが好ましい。没入部２２７の大きさがこのような大きさであると、蓋体付き容器１５０として蓋体２０１を用いた場合に、縁部１０３が没入部２２７におおむね入り込み、縁部１０３の外側端部分（図２０の例では縁部１０３のうちの外側周面部１１１）を没入部２２７に面接触させることが可能であり、容器１０１の縁部１０３にてしっかりと蓋体２０１を装着することが容易となる。 (overhang)
In an example of the lid body 201 according to the modification of the eighth embodiment shown in FIGS. 20A to 20B, a predetermined area on the outer peripheral end side of the canopy part 202 has a structure that protrudes diagonally upward (overhanging structure). Although a protrusion 226 is formed, the protrusion direction of the protrusion 226 may be upward or lateral (direction in the plane of the canopy 202). Further, the inner surface 226A side of the projecting portion 226 is a recessed portion (recessed portion 227). The shape of the recessed portion 227 corresponds to the shape of the overhanging portion 26. This can be realized depending on the shape of the mold used when forming the lid body 201 from the blank material 250. The size of the recessed portion 227 is preferably large enough to fit the edge 103 of the container 101. If the recessed portion 227 has such a size, when the lid 201 is used as the lidded container 150, the edge 103 will generally fit into the recessed portion 227, and the outer end portion of the edge 103 ( In the example of FIG. 20, it is possible to bring the outer circumferential surface part 111 of the edge 103 into surface contact with the recessed part 227, making it easy to securely attach the lid 201 to the edge 103 of the container 101. Become.
（凸部）
　図２０Ａから図２０Ｂの例に示すように、側壁部２０３に凸部２２５が形成されていてもよい。凸部２２５は、例えば、側壁部２０３の所定の位置に内側方向（中心ＣＴ方向、側壁部２０３の外周面２０３Ｂから内周面２０３Ａに向かう方向）に突出した部分として定められる。凸部２２５は、側壁部２０３の内周面を周回するように条状に形成されている凸条部であることが好ましい。側壁部２０３の内周面側で凸部２２５の凸型構造が形成され、側壁部２０３の外周面２０３Ｂ側では凸型構造の形成された位置に対応する位置に凹部２２４が形成されてよい。このような構造が形成されていることで、側壁部２０３の形状をより安定化させることができる。 (Protrusion)
As shown in the examples of FIGS. 20A to 20B, a convex portion 225 may be formed on the side wall portion 203. The convex portion 225 is defined, for example, as a portion that protrudes inward (center CT direction, direction from the outer circumferential surface 203B to the inner circumferential surface 203A of the side wall portion 203) at a predetermined position of the side wall portion 203. It is preferable that the convex portion 225 is a convex strip portion formed in a strip shape so as to go around the inner circumferential surface of the side wall portion 203 . A convex structure of a convex portion 225 may be formed on the inner circumferential surface side of the side wall portion 203, and a recess portion 224 may be formed on the outer circumferential surface 203B side of the side wall portion 203 at a position corresponding to the position where the convex structure is formed. By forming such a structure, the shape of the side wall portion 203 can be made more stable.
［６　第６の実施形態］
［６－１　構成］
　第６の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂに示すように、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３とを有する点及び容器に嵌合可能である点では第５の実施形態と同様である。第６の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１Ａは、側壁部２０３の一部が天蓋部２０２の上側と下側に延び出た構成を有している。側壁部２０３は、環状（筒状を含む）の形状を有し、上部壁２０５と下部壁２０６とを有している。下部壁２０６は、天蓋部２０２の下側に延び出た部分であり、上部壁２０５は、側壁部２０３のうち下部壁２０６を除く部分で構成される。図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂの例では、側壁部２０３は、下側に向かって先細りするように形成されている。また、図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂの例では、天蓋部２０２の所定の位置に貫通部２１０が形成されているがこれは一例である。 [6 Sixth embodiment]
[6-1 Configuration]
As shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the lid 201 according to the sixth embodiment is similar to the fifth embodiment in that it has a canopy part 202 and a side wall part 203 and can be fitted into a container. It is. The lid body 201A according to the sixth embodiment has a configuration in which a part of the side wall portion 203 extends above and below the canopy portion 202. The side wall portion 203 has an annular (including cylindrical) shape, and includes an upper wall 205 and a lower wall 206. The lower wall 206 is a portion extending downward from the canopy portion 202, and the upper wall 205 is comprised of a portion of the side wall portion 203 excluding the lower wall 206. In the examples shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the side wall portion 203 is formed to taper downward. Furthermore, in the examples shown in FIGS. 16A and 16B, the penetrating portion 210 is formed at a predetermined position of the canopy portion 202, but this is only an example.
（天蓋部と側壁部それぞれを形成する部材）
　第６の実施形態では、第５の実施形態の変形例１に示したように、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３とが別体の部材で形成されている。蓋体２０１は、図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂの例では、上述した別体の部材として天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を有し、天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３とを接合する接合部を有する。 (Members that form the canopy and side walls, respectively)
In the sixth embodiment, as shown in the first modification of the fifth embodiment, the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 are formed of separate members. In the example of FIGS. 16A and 16B, the lid body 201 has a canopy forming member 222 and a side wall forming member 223 as the above-mentioned separate members, and the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are joined together. It has a joint that
（天蓋部形成部材）
　天蓋部形成部材２２２は、天蓋部２０２に対応する第１の部分（天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１）と、第１の部分２３１の外周端から延び出た第２の部分（天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２）とを有しており、第２の部分２３２は、第５の実施形態の変形例１に示した接合代２３０となっている。図１６Ａの例では、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２は、蓋体２０１の状態で第１の部分２３１の外周端から斜め上方向又は直上方向に立ち上がる部分（立ち上がり部）となっており、側壁部形成部材２２３に第２の部分２３２が接合された状態で第２の部分２３２は側壁部２０３の一部となっている。 (Canopy forming member)
The canopy forming member 222 includes a first portion corresponding to the canopy 202 (the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222), and a second portion extending from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231 (the canopy forming member 222). The second portion 232) of the portion forming member 222 is the joining allowance 230 shown in the first modification of the fifth embodiment. In the example of FIG. 16A, the second portion 232 of the canopy forming member 222 is a portion (rising portion) that rises diagonally upward or directly upward from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231 in the state of the lid body 201. In this state, the second portion 232 becomes a part of the side wall portion 203 in a state where the second portion 232 is joined to the side wall portion forming member 223.
（側壁部形成部材）
　側壁部形成部材２２３は、環状（筒状を含む）に形成されており、上部壁２０５を形成する部分（上部形成部）と下部壁２０６を形成する部分（下部形成部）とを有する。上部形成部は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２となる接合代２３０に対して少なくとも外面側で接する部分（第１接触壁部２３３）を有する。 (Side wall forming member)
The side wall forming member 223 is formed in an annular shape (including a cylindrical shape) and includes a portion forming the upper wall 205 (upper forming portion) and a portion forming the lower wall 206 (lower forming portion). The upper part forming part has a part (first contact wall part 233) that contacts at least the outer surface side with the joining margin 230 which becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222.
　図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂの例では、上部壁２０５（上部形成部）は、第１接触壁部２３３と、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２となる接合代２３０に対して内面側で接する部分（第２接触壁部２３４）と、さらに第１接触壁部２３３及び第２接触壁部２３４を繋ぐ連続部２３５とを有し、連続部２３５は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分となる接合代２３０の上端面を覆っている。第２接触壁部２３４の下端は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１の上面側に位置しており、図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂの例では、第１の部分２３１からやや離間している。ただし、これは、一例であり、第２接触壁部２３４の下端は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１の上面側に接触していてもよい。 In the example of FIGS. 16A and 16B, the upper wall 205 (upper forming part) is in contact with the first contact wall part 233 and the joining margin 230 that becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222 on the inner side. (second contact wall part 234), and a continuous part 235 that connects the first contact wall part 233 and the second contact wall part 234, and the continuous part 235 is the second part of the canopy part forming member 222. It covers the upper end surface of the joining margin 230. The lower end of the second contact wall portion 234 is located on the upper surface side of the first portion 231 of the canopy portion forming member 222, and is slightly spaced apart from the first portion 231 in the examples of FIGS. 16A and 16B. . However, this is just an example, and the lower end of the second contact wall portion 234 may be in contact with the upper surface side of the first portion 231 of the canopy portion forming member 222.
　図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂの例では、下部壁２０６（下部形成部）は、第１接触壁部２３３の下端を基端として下方向（図１６Ａ、図１６Ｂでは斜め下方向）に延び出た部分となっている。下部壁２０６（下部形成部）は、例えば、上下方向の位置に関して天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１の下面の下側に位置していることが好適である。 In the example of FIGS. 16A and 16B, the lower wall 206 (lower forming portion) is a portion that extends downward (diagonally downward in FIGS. 16A and 16B) with the lower end of the first contact wall portion 233 as the base end. It has become. The lower wall 206 (lower forming part) is preferably located below the lower surface of the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222 in terms of the vertical position, for example.
（ブランク材）
　第６の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、ブランク材の加工によって形成することができる。ブランク材としては、天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を形成するためのブランク材（第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述したようにそれぞれ第１のブランク材、第２のブランク材と称呼する）を用いることができる。第１のブランク材及び第２のブランク材からなぐ群から選ばれた少なくとも１つのブランク材は、第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述したように上述したブランク材３０と同様に形成されてよい。 (Blank material)
The lid body 201 according to the sixth embodiment can be formed by processing a blank material. The blank materials include blank materials for forming the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 (as described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, the first blank material and the second blank material, respectively). ) can be used. At least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material and the second blank material is formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment. good.
　天蓋部形成部材２２２を形成するための第１のブランク材は、第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述した第１のブランク材２５１と同様のものを用いられよく、天蓋部２０２の形状にさらに接合代２３０を合わせた形状に形成されたシート材が用いられてよい。天蓋部形成部材２２２は、第１のブランク材を折り曲げ成形することによって、天蓋部２０２に対応する第１の部分２３１と立ち上がり部（接合代となる第２の部分２３２）とを形成することが好ましい。すなわち、第２の部分２３２は、第１のブランク材を第１の部分２３１の周縁の位置（接合代２３０の基端）で上側に曲げることで形成されていることが好ましい。 The first blank material for forming the canopy part forming member 222 may be the same as the first blank material 251 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and may have a shape similar to that of the canopy part 202. Further, a sheet material formed in a shape including the joining allowance 230 may be used. The canopy part forming member 222 can form a first part 231 corresponding to the canopy part 202 and a rising part (second part 232 serving as a joining margin) by bending and forming a first blank material. preferable. That is, the second portion 232 is preferably formed by bending the first blank material upward at the peripheral edge position of the first portion 231 (base end of the joining allowance 230).
　第２のブランク材は、第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述した第２のブランク材２５２と同様のものを用いられてよく、扇状に形成されたシート材が用いられてよい。第２のブランク材の端縁部を接合して環状体を形成する、環状体の上端側の部分を、連続部２３５に対応する位置で内側に折り返すことで、第１接触壁部２３３と第２接触壁部２３４と連続部２３５を形成するとともに、上部形成部（上部壁２０５に対応する構造部）を形成することができ、さらに下部形成部（下部壁２０６に対応する構造部）を形成することができる。上部形成部と下部形成部の形成により、側壁部形成部材２２３が形成される。なお、少なくとも第１接触壁部２３３と第２接触壁部２３４では、接合代２３０に接着される。図１６Ｂの例では、第１接触壁部２３３と第２接触壁部２３４と連続部２３５が接合代２３０に接着され、接着部が形成される。 The second blank material may be similar to the second blank material 252 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and may be a fan-shaped sheet material. By joining the end edges of the second blank material to form an annular body, the upper end portion of the annular body is folded inward at a position corresponding to the continuous portion 235, so that the first contact wall portion 233 and In addition to forming the two contact wall portions 234 and the continuous portion 235, an upper forming portion (a structural portion corresponding to the upper wall 205) can be formed, and a lower forming portion (a structural portion corresponding to the lower wall 206) is further formed. can do. By forming the upper forming part and the lower forming part, the side wall forming member 223 is formed. Note that at least the first contact wall portion 233 and the second contact wall portion 234 are bonded to the bonding margin 230. In the example of FIG. 16B, the first contact wall portion 233, the second contact wall portion 234, and the continuous portion 235 are bonded to the bonding margin 230 to form a bonded portion.
　なお、蓋体２０１の製造にあたっては、第２のブランク材から形成された上述した環状体が用いられることが好ましい。天蓋部形成部材２２２の接合代２３０（第２の部分２３２）の下端が、環状体の内周面のうち、下部形成部と上部形成部の境界位置（上部壁２５０５と下部壁２０６の境界位置）に位置合わせされ、接合代２３０を環状体の内周面に対面させる。さらに、上述したように環状体における連続部２３５に対応する位置で環状体の上端側の部分を内側に折り返すことで、接合代２３０を上端側から被覆する。そして、第１接触壁部２３３と第２接触壁部２３４に挟まれるように接合代２３０を側壁部形成部材２２３となる環状体に接合する。これにより、側壁部形成部材２２３が形成されるとともに蓋体２０１が得られる。 Note that in manufacturing the lid body 201, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned annular body formed from the second blank material. The lower end of the joint allowance 230 (second portion 232) of the canopy forming member 222 is located at the boundary position between the lower forming part and the upper forming part (the boundary position between the upper wall 2505 and the lower wall 206) on the inner peripheral surface of the annular body. ), and the joining margin 230 is made to face the inner circumferential surface of the annular body. Further, as described above, by folding back the upper end portion of the annular body inward at a position corresponding to the continuous portion 235 in the annular body, the joining margin 230 is covered from the upper end side. Then, the joining margin 230 is joined to the annular body that will become the side wall part forming member 223 so as to be sandwiched between the first contact wall part 233 and the second contact wall part 234. As a result, the side wall forming member 223 is formed and the lid 201 is obtained.
［６－２　作用及び効果］
　第６の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１によれば、第５の実施形態と同様に、ブランク材（第１のブランク材、第２のブランク材）から天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を製造して蓋体２０１を得る際の形状変形（賦形）の後に、形状に戻りを生じる虞を抑制することができる。 [6-2 Action and effect]
According to the lid body 201 according to the sixth embodiment, similarly to the fifth embodiment, the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are made from blank materials (first blank material, second blank material). After the shape deformation (shaping) when manufacturing the lid body 201 to obtain the lid body 201, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the shape will return to its original shape.
［７　第７の実施形態］
［７－１　構成］
　第７の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂに示すように、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３とを有する点及び容器に嵌合可能である点では第５の実施形態と同様である。第７の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、側壁部２０３の一部が天蓋部２０２の上側と下側に延び出た構成を有している。側壁部２０３は、環状（筒状を含む）の形状を有し、上部壁２０５と下部壁２０６とを有している。下部壁２０６は、天蓋部２０２の下側に延び出た部分であり、上部壁２０５は、側壁部２０３のうち下部壁２０６を除く部分で構成される。図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例では、側壁部２０３は、下側に向かって先細りするように形成されている。また、図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例では、天蓋部２０２の所定の位置に貫通部２１０が形成されているがこれは一例である。 [7 Seventh embodiment]
[7-1 Configuration]
As shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, the lid 201 according to the seventh embodiment is similar to the fifth embodiment in that it has a canopy part 202 and a side wall part 203 and can be fitted into a container. It is. The lid body 201 according to the seventh embodiment has a configuration in which a part of the side wall portion 203 extends above and below the canopy portion 202 . The side wall portion 203 has an annular (including cylindrical) shape, and includes an upper wall 205 and a lower wall 206. The lower wall 206 is a portion extending downward from the canopy portion 202, and the upper wall 205 is comprised of a portion of the side wall portion 203 excluding the lower wall 206. In the examples shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, the side wall portion 203 is formed to taper downward. Further, in the examples shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, a through portion 210 is formed at a predetermined position of the canopy portion 202, but this is only an example.
（天蓋部と側壁部それぞれを形成する部材）
　第７の実施形態では、第５の実施形態の変形例１や第６の実施形態に示したように、天蓋部２０２と側壁部２０３とが別体の部材で形成されている。蓋体２０１は、図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例では、上述した別体の部材として天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を有し、天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３とを接合する接合部を有する。 (Members that form the canopy and side walls, respectively)
In the seventh embodiment, as shown in the first modification of the fifth embodiment and the sixth embodiment, the canopy part 202 and the side wall part 203 are formed of separate members. In the example of FIGS. 17A and 17B, the lid body 201 has a canopy forming member 222 and a side wall forming member 223 as the above-mentioned separate members, and the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are joined together. It has a joint that
（天蓋部形成部材）
　天蓋部形成部材２２２は、天蓋部２０２に対応する第１の部分（天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１）と、第１の部分２３１の外周端から延び出た第２の部分（天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２）とを有しており、第２の部分２３２は、第５の実施形態の変形例１に示した接合代２３０となっている。図１６Ａの例では、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分は、第１の部分２３１の外周端から斜め下方向又は直下方向に延びる部分（垂れ下がり部）となっており、側壁部形成部材２２３に第２の部分２３２が接合された状態で第２の部分２３２は側壁部２０３の一部となっている。 (Canopy forming member)
The canopy forming member 222 includes a first portion corresponding to the canopy 202 (the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222), and a second portion extending from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231 (the canopy forming member 222). The second portion 232) of the portion forming member 222 is the joining allowance 230 shown in the first modification of the fifth embodiment. In the example of FIG. 16A, the second portion of the canopy forming member 222 is a portion (hanging portion) extending diagonally downward or directly downward from the outer peripheral end of the first portion 231, and the side wall forming member 222 The second portion 232 becomes a part of the side wall portion 203 in a state where the second portion 232 is joined to the second portion 232 .
（側壁部形成部材）
　側壁部形成部材２２３は、環状（筒状を含む）に形成されており、上部壁２０５を形成する部分（上部形成部）と下部壁２０６を形成する部分（下部形成部）とを有する。下部形成部は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２となる接合代２３０に対して少なくとも外面側で接する部分（下部第１接触壁部２３７）を有する。 (Side wall forming member)
The side wall forming member 223 is formed in an annular shape (including a cylindrical shape) and includes a portion forming the upper wall 205 (upper forming portion) and a portion forming the lower wall 206 (lower forming portion). The lower part forming part has a part (lower first contact wall part 237) that is in contact at least on the outer surface side with the joining margin 230 which becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222.
　図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例では、下部形成部は、下部第１接触壁部２３７と、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２となる接合代２３０に対して内面側で接する部分（下部第２接触壁部２３８）と、さらに下部第１接触壁部２３７及び下部第２接触壁部２３８を繋ぐ下端側連続部２３９とを有し、下端側連続部２３９は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第２の部分２３２となる接合代２３０の下端面を覆っている。下部第２接触壁部２３８の上端は、天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１の下面（対向面２７３）側に位置しており、図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例では、第１の部分２３１から離間していることが好ましい。、第１の部分と下部第２接触壁部２３８の上端との間に、容器１０１の縁部１０３（例えば、カール部の外周面の一部）が入り込むことが可能であることが好ましい。 In the examples shown in FIGS. 17A and 17B, the lower part forming part is a part (lower first contact wall part 237) that contacts the joint allowance 230, which becomes the second part 232 of the canopy part forming member 222, on the inner surface side. 2 contact wall portions 238 ), and a lower end side continuous portion 239 that further connects the lower first contact wall portion 237 and the lower second contact wall portion 238 . It covers the lower end surface of the joining margin 230 which becomes the portion 232 of No. 2. The upper end of the lower second contact wall portion 238 is located on the lower surface (opposing surface 273) side of the first portion 231 of the canopy portion forming member 222, and in the example of FIGS. 17A and 17B, the upper end of the first portion 231 Preferably, it is spaced apart from. It is preferable that the edge 103 of the container 101 (for example, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the curled part) can fit between the first part and the upper end of the lower second contact wall part 238.
　図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例では、上部壁２０５（上部形成部）は、下部第１接触壁部２３７の上端を基端として上方向（図１７Ｂでは、ななめ上方向）に延び出た部分となっている。上部壁２０５（上部形成部）は、例えば、上下方向の位置に関して天蓋部形成部材２２２の第１の部分２３１の上面の上側に位置していることが好適である。図１７Ａ、図１７Ｂの例に示すように、上部形成部は、その上端側にカール部（側壁上端カール部２３６）が形成されていることが好ましい。この場合、上部形成部の上端に、ブランク材（側壁部形成部材２２３を形成するための第２ブランク材）の端面が露出した状態が形成されることを抑制することができ、使用者がブランク材の端面に口を添えて、容器１０１内の内容物を摂取する場合にあっても、使用者がブランク材の端面に口を接触させることに伴う不快感を抑制することができる。また、側壁上端カール部２３６が形成されていることで、側壁部２０３におけるブランク材の端面に対応する部分に液体が接触しにくくなる。 In the examples of FIGS. 17A and 17B, the upper wall 205 (upper forming part) is a part that extends upward (diagonally upward in FIG. 17B) with the upper end of the lower first contact wall 237 as the base end. ing. For example, the upper wall 205 (upper forming part) is preferably located above the upper surface of the first portion 231 of the canopy forming member 222 in terms of the vertical position. As shown in the examples of FIGS. 17A and 17B, it is preferable that the upper forming part has a curled part (side wall upper end curled part 236) formed on its upper end side. In this case, it is possible to prevent the end face of the blank material (the second blank material for forming the side wall part forming member 223) from being exposed at the upper end of the upper forming part, and the user can Even when the user ingests the contents in the container 101 by placing his or her mouth on the end surface of the blank material, it is possible to suppress the discomfort caused by the user's mouth touching the end surface of the blank material. Further, by forming the side wall upper end curl portion 236, liquid is less likely to come into contact with the portion of the side wall portion 203 that corresponds to the end surface of the blank material.
（ブランク材）
　第７の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１は、ブランク材の加工によって形成することができる。ブランク材としては、天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を形成するためのブランク材（第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述したようにそれぞれ第１のブランク材、第２のブランク材と称呼する）を用いることができる。第１のブランク材及び第２のブランク材からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも１つのブランク材は、第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述したように上述したブランク材３０と同様に形成されてよい。 (Blank material)
The lid body 201 according to the seventh embodiment can be formed by processing a blank material. The blank materials include blank materials for forming the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 (as described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, the first blank material and the second blank material, respectively). ) can be used. At least one blank material selected from the group consisting of the first blank material and the second blank material is formed in the same manner as the blank material 30 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment. good.
　天蓋部形成部材２２２を形成するための第１のブランク材は、第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述した第１のブランク材２５１と同様のものを用いられてよく、天蓋部２０２の形状にさらに接合代２３０を合わせた形状に形成されたシート材が用いられてよい。天蓋部形成部材２２２は、第１のブランク材を折り曲げ成形することによって、天蓋部２０２に対応する第１の部分２３１と、接合代２３０となる第２の部分２３２とを形成することが好ましい。すなわち、第２の部分２３２は、第１のブランク材を第１の部分２３１の周縁の位置で下方向に曲げることで形成されていることが好ましい。 The first blank material for forming the canopy part forming member 222 may be the same as the first blank material 251 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and the shape of the canopy part 202 may be A sheet material formed in a shape that further includes a joining allowance 230 may be used. It is preferable that the canopy part forming member 222 forms a first part 231 corresponding to the canopy part 202 and a second part 232 which becomes the joining margin 230 by bending and forming a first blank material. That is, the second portion 232 is preferably formed by bending the first blank material downward at the peripheral edge of the first portion 231 .
　第２のブランク材は、第５の実施形態の変形例１で上述した第２のブランク材２５２と同様のものを用いられてよく、扇状に形成されたシート材が用いられてよい。第２のブランク材の端縁部を接合して環状体を形成する、環状体の下端側の部分を、下端側連続部２３９に対応する位置で内側に折り返すことで、下部第１接触壁部２３７と下部第２接触壁部２３８と下端側連続部２３９を形成するとともに、下部形成部（下部壁２０６）を形成することができ、さらに上部形成部（上部壁２０５）を形成することができる。下部形成部と上部形成部の形成により、側壁部形成部材２２３が形成される。 The second blank material may be similar to the second blank material 252 described above in Modification 1 of the fifth embodiment, and may be a fan-shaped sheet material. By joining the end edges of the second blank material to form an annular body, the lower end portion of the annular body is folded inward at a position corresponding to the lower end side continuous portion 239, thereby forming a lower first contact wall. 237, the lower second contact wall portion 238, and the lower end side continuous portion 239, a lower forming portion (lower wall 206) can be formed, and further an upper forming portion (upper wall 205) can be formed. . By forming the lower forming part and the upper forming part, the side wall forming member 223 is formed.
　なお、蓋体２０１の製造のあたっては、第２のブランク材から形成された上述した環状体が用いられることが好ましい。天蓋部形成部材２２２の接合代２３０（第２の部分２３２）の上端が、環状体の内周面のうち、下部形成部と上部形成部の境界位置（上部壁２０５と下部壁２０６の境界位置）に位置合わせされ、接合代２３０を環状体の内周面に対面させる。さらに、上述したように環状体における下端側連続部２３９に対応する位置で環状体の下端側の部分を内側に折り返すことで、接合代２３０を下端側から被覆する。そして、下部第１接触壁部２３７と下部第２接触壁部２３８に挟まれるように接合代２３０を下部形成部（側壁部形成部材２２３を形成する環状体）に接合する（接着する）。これにより、側壁部形成部材２２３が形成されるとともに蓋体２０１が得られる。 Note that in manufacturing the lid body 201, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned annular body formed from the second blank material. The upper end of the joint allowance 230 (second portion 232) of the canopy forming member 222 is located at the boundary position between the lower forming part and the upper forming part (the boundary position between the upper wall 205 and the lower wall 206) on the inner peripheral surface of the annular body. ), and the joining margin 230 is made to face the inner circumferential surface of the annular body. Further, as described above, by folding back the lower end portion of the annular body inward at a position corresponding to the lower end side continuous portion 239 of the annular body, the joint allowance 230 is covered from the lower end side. Then, the joining margin 230 is joined (adhered) to the lower forming part (the annular body forming the side wall forming member 223) so as to be sandwiched between the lower first contact wall part 237 and the lower second contact wall part 238. As a result, the side wall forming member 223 is formed and the lid 201 is obtained.
［７－２　作用及び効果］
　第７の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１によれば、第５の実施形態と同様に、ブランク材（第１のブランク材、第２のブランク材）から天蓋部形成部材２２２と側壁部形成部材２２３を製造して蓋体２０１を得る際の形状変形（賦形）の後に、形状に戻りを生じる虞を抑制することができる。 [7-2 Action and effect]
According to the lid body 201 according to the seventh embodiment, similarly to the fifth embodiment, the canopy forming member 222 and the side wall forming member 223 are made from blank materials (first blank material, second blank material). After the shape deformation (shaping) when manufacturing the lid body 201 to obtain the lid body 201, it is possible to suppress the possibility that the shape will return to its original shape.
［５　適用例］
（第１例）
　第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、例えば図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂに示すように、蓋体付き容器１５０に用いることができる。図１４Ａは、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１を、上端に形成された開口部１０２を有する容器１０１の開口部１０２の外周を形成する縁部１０３に接合することで容器１０１と蓋体１とを接触させた（縁部１０３と対向面の部分とを接触させた）実施例を示す斜視図である。図１４Ｂは、図１４ＡのＩ－Ｉ線縦断面の状態を模式的に示す断面図である。図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂを用いて蓋体付き容器１５０について説明を続ける。 [5 Application examples]
(1st example)
The lid 1 according to the first embodiment can be used for a container 150 with a lid, as shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, for example. FIG. 14A shows a structure in which the lid 1 according to the first embodiment is joined to the edge 103 forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 of the container 101 having the opening 102 formed at the upper end. FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing an example in which the edge portion 103 and the opposing surface are in contact with each other (the edge portion 103 is in contact with a portion of the opposing surface). FIG. 14B is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the state of the vertical cross-section taken along line II in FIG. 14A. The description of the lidded container 150 will be continued using FIGS. 14A and 14B.
（蓋体付き容器）
　蓋体付き容器１５０は、容器１０１と蓋体１とが接合する接合部１５１を有しており、接合部１５１を形成する蓋体１の領域が接合領域Ｒとなる。蓋体１と容器１０１との接合方法は特に限定されず、圧着法や、熱融着法（ヒートシール）等の接合方法と適宜用いることができる。以下では第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１を蓋体付き容器１５０に使用した場合を例として説明する。 (container with lid)
The container with a lid 150 has a joint 151 where the container 101 and the lid 1 are joined, and the region of the lid 1 that forms the joint 151 is the joint region R. The method of joining the lid 1 and the container 101 is not particularly limited, and a joining method such as a pressure bonding method or a heat sealing method can be used as appropriate. Below, the case where the lid 1 according to the first embodiment is used in a container with a lid 150 will be described as an example.
　図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂに示す例では、容器１０１は、上方向にむかって径が太くなるような（下方向に向かって先細りするような）筒状の側壁１０４と底部１０７を有し内部に空間部１０５を形成する容器本体１１０と、容器本体１１０の上端（側壁１０４の上端）で開口した開口部１０２を有する。図示しないが、容器１０１の開口部１０２は円形状に形成されている。ただし、ここに示す容器１０１は一例であり、容器１０１の構成を限定するものではない。たとえば、容器１０１は開口部１０２を矩形状に形成されてもよい。容器１０１は、蓋体１で開口部１０２を被覆できるものであればよい。また、容器１０１の内部（空間部１０５）に収納されるものは、特に限定されず、例えば液体状のもの、固形状のもの、またはそれらの組み合わせなどを例示することができる。 In the example shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the container 101 has a cylindrical side wall 104 whose diameter increases upward (tapering downward) and a bottom 107, and has a space inside. The container body 110 has a container body 110 forming a section 105, and an opening 102 that is opened at the upper end of the container body 110 (the upper end of the side wall 104). Although not shown, the opening 102 of the container 101 is formed in a circular shape. However, the container 101 shown here is an example, and the configuration of the container 101 is not limited. For example, the opening 102 of the container 101 may be formed into a rectangular shape. The container 101 may be of any type as long as the opening 102 can be covered with the lid 1. Moreover, what is stored inside the container 101 (the space 105) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a liquid, a solid, or a combination thereof.
　図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂに示す容器では、開口部１０２を形成する（開口部１０２を囲む）縁部１０３は、フランジ部を有している。縁部１０３に形成されるフランジ部は、図１４Ａ、図１４Ｂ等に示すように容器本体１１０を形成する部材を外向きに巻きまわされたカール部１０８であってもよいし、外側方向に平面上に延びる部分（つば部）として形成されてもよい。 In the container shown in FIGS. 14A and 14B, the edge 103 forming the opening 102 (surrounding the opening 102) has a flange. The flange portion formed on the edge 103 may be a curled portion 108 formed by winding the member forming the container body 110 outward, as shown in FIGS. 14A, 14B, etc. It may be formed as a portion (flange portion) extending upward.
　また、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、開口部１０２を有する容器１０１との組み合わせとされてもよい。 Furthermore, the lid 1 according to the first embodiment may be combined with a container 101 having an opening 102.
（第２例）
　第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、例えば図２１に示すように、蓋体付き容器３５０に用いることができる。図２１は、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体１を、上端に形成された開口部１０２を有する容器１０１の開口部１０２の外周を形成する縁部１０３に嵌合することで容器１０１と蓋体１とを接触させた（縁部１０３と天蓋部２０２の部分とを接触させた）実施例を示す断面図である。 (2nd example)
The lid 1 according to the fifth embodiment can be used, for example, in a container with a lid 350, as shown in FIG. 21. FIG. 21 shows that the lid 1 according to the fifth embodiment is fitted to the edge 103 forming the outer periphery of the opening 102 of the container 101 having the opening 102 formed at the upper end. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the body 1 is brought into contact with the body 1 (the edge 103 and the canopy part 202 are brought into contact).
　蓋体付き容器３５０は、蓋体２０１を容器１０１の開口部１０２を覆うように縁部１０３に嵌合させることで得ることができる。 The container with a lid 350 can be obtained by fitting the lid 201 to the edge 103 of the container 101 so as to cover the opening 102.
　また、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体１は、開口部１０２を有する容器１０１との組み合わせとされてもよい。 Furthermore, the lid 1 according to the fifth embodiment may be combined with a container 101 having an opening 102.
　上記した［５　適用例］の（第１例）で示したことは、第１実施形態にかかる蓋体１を用いる場合に限定されない。第２の実施形態から第４の実施形態についても、第１の実施形態にかかる蓋体１と同様に容器１０１に接合した蓋体付き容器１５０に用いることができる（図示せず）。 What is shown in (1st example) in [5] Application example above is not limited to the case where the lid body 1 according to the first embodiment is used. The second to fourth embodiments can also be used for a container 150 with a lid joined to the container 101, similarly to the lid 1 according to the first embodiment (not shown).
　上記した［５　適用例］の（第２例）で示したことは、第５実施形態にかかる蓋体１を用いる場合に限定されない。第６の実施形態から第８の実施形態についても、第５の実施形態にかかる蓋体２０１と同様に容器１０１に接合した蓋体付き容器３５０に用いることができる（図示せず）。 What is shown in (Second example) of [5 Application example] above is not limited to the case where the lid body 1 according to the fifth embodiment is used. The sixth to eighth embodiments can also be used for a container 350 with a lid joined to the container 101, similarly to the lid 201 according to the fifth embodiment (not shown).
　これまで説明したように、本発明に係る蓋体１、２０１等は、このような多くの態様の蓋体１、２０１等に対して適用することができる。また、上記した以外の態様の蓋体１、２０１等に対しても適用することが可能である。以上、本発明に係る蓋体について詳細に説明したが、上記したのは本発明にかかる蓋体を例示したに過ぎず、これらに限定されるものではない。したがって、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない範囲において適宜変更してよい。また、上記した蓋体の構成は、それぞれの例の蓋体の構成を独立して用いてもよいし、それぞれの例の蓋体の構成を適宜組み合わせて適用してもよい。 As explained above, the lid 1, 201, etc. according to the present invention can be applied to many types of lids 1, 201, etc. as described above. Further, it is also possible to apply the present invention to lid bodies 1, 201, etc. in other aspects than those described above. Although the lid according to the present invention has been described in detail above, the lid according to the present invention is merely exemplified and is not limited thereto. Therefore, changes may be made as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the invention. Moreover, the structure of the above-described cover body may be applied by using the structure of the cover body of each example independently, or by appropriately combining the structure of the cover body of each example.
　以上の本明細書の説明に基づき、本発明は、次の［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ２２］に示す構成を採用されてよい。 Based on the above description of this specification, the present invention may adopt the configurations shown in [E1] to [E22] below.
［Ｅ１］縁部を有する容器に接触可能に形成され、且つ、ブランク材から形成されており、前記ブランク材は、紙系素材から形成された繊維を含む繊維シートを有し、前記繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の前記繊維に樹脂材料が付着している、蓋体。
［Ｅ２］前記容器の前記縁部に沿って前記容器に接合される領域に対応する接合領域対応部と、記接合領域対応部から内側の部分で構成される蓋領域対応部とを有し、少なくとも前記接合領域対応部に対応する部分では、前記繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の前記繊維に前記樹脂材料が付着している、上記［Ｅ１］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ３］前記ブランク材の一方面から他方面まで切り込まれた貫通部を備えており、前記貫通部の周面部に、前記繊維シートの断面が露出しており、且つ、該断面の少なくとも一部に前記樹脂材料が露出している、上記［Ｅ１］または［Ｅ２］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ４］前記貫通部の前記周面部を端部とし、前記端部から離れる方向に上り傾斜する傾斜部を有する、上記［Ｅ３］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ５］前記傾斜部における前記繊維シートを構成する前記繊維の密度が、前記傾斜部の前記端部に近い位置ほど高い、上記［Ｅ３］または［Ｅ４］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ６］前記蓋領域対応部に、前記蓋領域対応部における分断位置を案内する脆弱化部が設けられており、前記脆弱化部は、複数の前記貫通部と、少なくとも２つの前記貫通部の間に形成された少なくとも一つの連続部とを有する、上記［Ｅ２］に従属する「上記［Ｅ３］から［Ｅ５］」のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ７］前記連続部は、ハーフカット構造を有する、上記［Ｅ７］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ８］前記脆弱化部は、前記連続部の周囲に放射状に複数の前記貫通部を形成している、上記［Ｅ６］または［Ｅ７］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ９］前記蓋領域対応部は、前記容器の前記縁部で囲まれた開口部よりも小さな開口面積を有する小開口部を有するベース部と、前記小開口部を開閉する小蓋部と、前記ベース部と前記小蓋部とを繋げるヒンジ部とを備え、前記小蓋部は、前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して回動可能に構成されており、少なくとも一部の前記貫通部が、前記小蓋部の外周縁と前記小開口部の前記開口縁との境界位置に形成されている、上記［Ｅ２］に従属する「上記［Ｅ３］から［Ｅ８］」のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１０］前記小蓋部の上面側に摘み部が設けられている、上記［Ｅ９］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１１］前記摘み部は、タブ部材を有しており、前記タブ部材は、前記小蓋部の上面側に接合されている、上記［Ｅ１０］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１２］前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して前記小蓋部を回動して前記小開口部を開放した状態で前記小蓋部を保持する保持構造を有している、上記［Ｅ９］から［Ｅ１１］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１３］前記ベース部の外周縁に延出部を形成しており、前記ベース部と前記延出部は、前記ブランク材から一体的に形成されている、上記［Ｅ９］から［Ｅ１２］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１４］前記延出部と前記小蓋部の先端との間に前記ヒンジ部が形成されている、上記［Ｅ１３］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１５］前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して前記小蓋部を回動して前記小開口部を開放した状態で前記小蓋部を保持する保持構造を有し、前記小蓋部の上面側に摘み部が設けられており、前記摘み部に爪部が設けられ、前記ベース部の外周縁に延出部を形成しており、前記延出部と前記受け部が前記保持構造を形成する、上記［Ｅ９］に記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１６］隆起部が形成されている、上記［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ１５］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１７］窓部が形成されている、上記［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ１６］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１８］少なくとも一部の前記繊維の間に少なくとも一部の前記樹脂材料が含浸されている、上記［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ１７］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ１９］縁部を有する容器に接合可能及び／又は嵌合可能に形成されている、上記［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ１８］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体。
［Ｅ２０］上記［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ１９］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体と、前記縁部を有する前記容器と、を有し、前記蓋体を前記容器に接合した、蓋体付き容器。
［Ｅ２１］上記［Ｅ１］から［Ｅ１９］のいずれか１つに記載の蓋体と、前記縁部を有する前記容器と、を有する、蓋体と容器の組み合わせ。
［Ｅ２２］繊維シートを、樹脂材料を含む浸漬液に浸漬する浸漬工程と、前記浸漬液を含む前記繊維シートを乾燥する乾燥工程と、を含む、蓋体の製造方法。
［Ｅ２３］前記乾燥工程の途中または前記乾燥工程の前に、前記浸漬液を含む前記繊維シートを賦形する賦形処理を行う、上記［Ｅ２２］に記載の蓋体の製造方法。 [E1] Formed so as to be able to come into contact with a container having an edge, and made of a blank material, the blank material having a fiber sheet containing fibers made of a paper-based material, and the fiber sheet containing fibers made of a paper-based material. A lid body, wherein a resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside.
[E2] A bonding area corresponding portion corresponding to a region to be bonded to the container along the edge of the container, and a lid area corresponding portion comprising a portion inside from the bonding area corresponding portion, The lid according to [E1] above, wherein the resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet in at least a portion corresponding to the joint region corresponding portion.
[E3] The blank material has a penetration part cut from one side to the other side, and a cross section of the fiber sheet is exposed on the peripheral surface of the penetration part, and at least one part of the cross section is exposed. The lid body according to [E1] or [E2] above, wherein the resin material is exposed in the portion.
[E4] The lid body according to [E3] above, which has an inclined portion that has the circumferential surface portion of the penetrating portion as an end portion and slopes upward in a direction away from the end portion.
[E5] The lid according to [E3] or [E4], wherein the density of the fibers constituting the fiber sheet in the inclined portion is higher at a position closer to the end of the inclined portion.
[E6] The lid area corresponding part is provided with a weakened part that guides the dividing position in the lid area compatible part, and the weakened part is formed in a plurality of the through parts and at least two of the through parts. The lid according to any one of "the above [E3] to [E5]", which is subordinate to the above [E2], and has at least one continuous part formed in between.
[E7] The lid according to [E7] above, wherein the continuous portion has a half-cut structure.
[E8] The lid according to [E6] or [E7], wherein the weakened portion has a plurality of through portions formed radially around the continuous portion.
[E9] The lid region corresponding portion includes a base portion having a small opening having a smaller opening area than the opening surrounded by the edge of the container, and a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening. a hinge portion connecting the base portion and the small lid portion; the small lid portion is configured to be rotatable with respect to the base portion around the hinge portion; Any one of "the above [E3] to [E8]" subordinate to the above [E2], wherein the part is formed at the boundary between the outer peripheral edge of the small lid part and the opening edge of the small opening. The lid body described in.
[E10] The lid according to [E9] above, wherein a knob is provided on the upper surface side of the small lid.
[E11] The lid according to [E10], wherein the knob has a tab member, and the tab member is joined to the upper surface side of the small lid.
[E12] The above-mentioned [E12] having a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state where the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge. E9] to [E11].
[E13] An extending portion is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base portion, and the base portion and the extending portion are integrally formed from the blank material, [E9] to [E12] above. The lid described in any one of the above.
[E14] The lid body according to [E13] above, wherein the hinge portion is formed between the extending portion and the tip of the small lid portion.
[E15] The small lid has a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state where the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge, the small lid A knob is provided on the upper surface side, a claw is provided on the knob, and an extension is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base, and the extension and the receiving part are connected to the holding structure. The lid body according to [E9] above, which forms a lid.
[E16] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E15] above, in which a raised portion is formed.
[E17] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E16] above, in which a window is formed.
[E18] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E17] above, wherein at least some of the resin material is impregnated between at least some of the fibers.
[E19] The lid according to any one of [E1] to [E18] above, which is formed so that it can be joined and/or fitted to a container having an edge.
[E20] A container with a lid, comprising the lid according to any one of [E1] to [E19] above, and the container having the edge, and the lid is joined to the container. .
[E21] A combination of a lid and a container, comprising the lid according to any one of [E1] to [E19] above, and the container having the edge.
[E22] A method for manufacturing a lid body, including a dipping step of immersing a fiber sheet in a dipping liquid containing a resin material, and a drying step of drying the fiber sheet containing the dipping liquid.
[E23] The method for producing a lid body according to [E22] above, wherein a shaping process is performed to shape the fiber sheet containing the immersion liquid during or before the drying process.
１　　　　：蓋体
２　　　　：ベース部
２Ａ　　　：外周縁
３　　　　：小蓋部
３Ａ　　　：外周縁
４　　　　：ヒンジ部
５Ａ　　　：接合領域対応部
５Ｂ　　　：蓋領域対応部
５Ｃ　　　：蓋領域非形成部
６　　　　：小開口部
６Ａ　　　：開口縁
７　　　　：延出部
７Ａ　　　：外周縁
８　　　　：切り込み部
１０　　　：貫通部
１１　　　：周面部
１２　　　：端部
１３　　　：傾斜部
１３Ａ　　：端部
１４　　　：脆弱化部
１５　　　：連続部
１６　　　：ハーフカット部
１７　　　：接続構造
１９　　　：入れ口
２０　　　：開口形成部
２１　　　：摘み部
２２　　　：タブ部材
２２Ａ　　：一端部
２２Ｂ　　：他端部
２３　　　：タブ接合部
２４　　　：爪部
２５　　　：受け部
２６　　　：張出部
３０　　　：ブランク材
３１　　　：繊維シート
３１Ａ　　：繊維
３２　　　：樹脂材料
４０　　　：窓部
４１　　　：蓋内開口部
４２　　　：窓用シート
４３　　　：隆起部
４３Ａ　　：先端部
４４　　　：陥没部
４６　　　：接着部
５０　　　：外周縁
７２　　　：露出面
７３　　　：対向面
７４　　　：基端部
７５　　　：前端縁部
１０１　　：容器
１０２　　：開口部
１０３　　：縁部
１０４　　：側壁
１０５　　：空間部
１０７　　：底部
１０８　　：カール部
１１０　　：容器本体
１１１　　：外側周面部
１５０　　：蓋体付き容器
１５１　　：接合部
２０１　　：蓋体
２０２　　：天蓋部
２０３　　：側壁部
２０３Ａ　：内周面
２０３Ｂ　：外周面
２０４　　：曲がり部
２０５　　：上部壁
２０６　　：下部壁
２０８　　：切り込み部
２１０　　：貫通部
２１９　　：入れ口
２２２　　：天蓋部形成部材
２２３　　：側壁部形成部材
２２４　　：凹部
２２５　　：凸部
２２６　　：張出部
２２６Ａ　：内面
２２７　　：没入部
２２８Ａ　：内端部
２２８Ｂ　：外端部
２３０　　：接合代
２３１　　：第１の部分
２３２　　：第２の部分
２３３　　：第１接触壁部
２３４　　：第２接触壁部
２３５　　：連続部
２３６　　：側壁上端カール部
２３７　　：下部第１接触壁部
２３８　　：下部第２接触壁部
２３９　　：下端側連続部
２５０　　：ブランク材
２５１　　：第１のブランク材
２５２　　：第２のブランク材
２５３　　：端縁部
２６０　　：繊維シート
２７２　　：露出面
２７３　　：対向面
２７４　　：接触部
２７４Ａ　：第１の接触部
２７４Ｂ　：第２の接触部
３５０　　：蓋体付き容器
２５０５　：上部壁
ＣＴ　　　：中心
Ｄ１　　　：延出距離
Ｄ２　　　：離間距離
Ｆ１　　　：矢印
Ｒ　　　　：接合領域 1 : Lid body 2 : Base part 2A : Outer periphery 3 : Small lid part 3A : Outer periphery 4 : Hinge part 5A : Joint area corresponding part 5B : Lid area corresponding part 5C : Lid area non-forming part 6 : Small opening part 6A : Opening edge 7 : Extending part 7A : Outer peripheral edge 8 : Notch part 10 : Penetrating part 11 : Peripheral part 12 : End part 13 : Inclined part 13A : End part 14 : Weakened part 15 : Continuous part 16 : Half-cut part 17 : Connection structure 19 : Inlet 20 : Opening part 21 : Knob part 22 : Tab member 22A : One end part 22B : Other end part 23 : Tab joint part 24 : Claw part 25 : Receiving part 26 : Projecting part 30 : Blank material 31 : Fiber sheet 31A : Fiber 32 : Resin material 40 : Window part 41 : Inner lid opening 42 : Window sheet 43 : Raised part 43A : Tip part 44 : Concave part 46 : Adhesive part 50 : Outer periphery 72 : Exposed surface 73 : Opposing surface 74 : Base end part 75 : Front edge part 101 : Container 102 : Opening part 103 : Edge part 104 : Side wall 105 : Space part 107 : Bottom part 108 : Curled part 110 : Container body 111 : Outer peripheral surface part 150 : Container with lid 151 : Joint part 201 : Lid 202 : Canopy part 203 : Side wall part 203A : Inner peripheral surface 203B : Outer peripheral surface 204 : Bent part 205 : Upper wall 206 : Lower wall 208 : Notch part 210 : Penetration Part 219 : Inlet 222 : Canopy part forming member 223 : Side wall part forming member 224 : Recessed part 225 : Convex part 226 : Projecting part 226A : Inner surface 227 : Recessed part 228A : Inner end part 228B : Outer end part 230 : Joining allowance 231: First portion 232: Second portion 233: First contact wall portion 234: Second contact wall portion 235: Continuous portion 236: Side wall upper end curl portion 237: Lower first contact wall portion 238: Lower second contact Wall portion 239: Lower end side continuous portion 250: Blank material 251: First blank material 252: Second blank material 253: Edge portion 260: Fiber sheet 272: Exposed surface 273: Opposing surface 274: Contact portion 274A: First 1 contact portion 274B: second contact portion 350: container with lid 2505: upper wall CT: center D1: extension distance D2: separation distance F1: arrow R: joining area

Claims (21)

  1. 　縁部を有する容器に接触可能に形成され、且つ、ブランク材から形成されており、
    　前記ブランク材は、紙系素材から形成された繊維を含む繊維シートを有し、
    　前記繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の前記繊維に樹脂材料が付着している、
    　蓋体。     formed so as to be able to contact a container having an edge, and formed from a blank material,
    The blank material has a fiber sheet containing fibers formed from a paper-based material,
    a resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet;
    Lid body.
  2. 　前記容器の前記縁部に沿って前記容器に接合される領域に対応する接合領域対応部と、
    前記接合領域対応部から内側の部分で構成される蓋領域対応部とを有し、
    　少なくとも前記接合領域対応部に対応する部分では、前記繊維シートの内部を形成する少なくとも一部の前記繊維に前記樹脂材料が付着している、
    　請求項１に記載の蓋体。     a joining region corresponding portion corresponding to a region joined to the container along the edge of the container;
    and a lid region corresponding portion comprising a portion inside from the joint region corresponding portion,
    At least in a portion corresponding to the joint region corresponding portion, the resin material is attached to at least some of the fibers forming the inside of the fiber sheet.
    The lid according to claim 1.
  3. 　前記ブランク材の一方面から他方面まで切り込まれた貫通部を備えており、
    　前記貫通部の周面部に、前記繊維シートの断面が露出しており、且つ、該断面の少なくとも一部に前記樹脂材料が露出している、
    　請求項２に記載の蓋体。     A penetrating portion is provided that is cut from one side of the blank material to the other side,
    A cross section of the fiber sheet is exposed on a peripheral surface of the penetrating portion, and the resin material is exposed on at least a portion of the cross section.
    The lid according to claim 2.
  4. 　前記貫通部の前記周面部を端部とし、前記端部から離れる方向に上り傾斜する傾斜部を有する、
    　請求項３に記載の蓋体。     The peripheral surface portion of the penetrating portion is an end portion, and has an inclined portion that slopes upward in a direction away from the end portion.
    The lid body according to claim 3.
  5. 　前記傾斜部における前記繊維シートを構成する前記繊維の密度が、前記傾斜部の前記端部に近い位置ほど高い、
    　請求項４に記載の蓋体。     The density of the fibers constituting the fiber sheet in the inclined part is higher at a position closer to the end of the inclined part,
    The lid body according to claim 4.
  6. 　前記蓋領域対応部に、前記蓋領域対応部における分断位置を案内する脆弱化部が設けられており、
    　前記脆弱化部は、複数の前記貫通部と、少なくとも２つの前記貫通部の間に形成された少なくとも一つの連続部とを有する、
    　請求項３に記載の蓋体。     The lid area corresponding part is provided with a weakened part that guides the dividing position in the lid area corresponding part,
    The weakened portion includes a plurality of the penetration portions and at least one continuous portion formed between at least two of the penetration portions.
    The lid body according to claim 3.
  7. 　前記連続部は、ハーフカット構造を有する、
    　請求項６に記載の蓋体。     The continuous portion has a half-cut structure,
    The lid body according to claim 6.
  8. 　前記脆弱化部は、前記連続部の周囲に放射状に複数の前記貫通部を形成している、
    　請求項６に記載の蓋体。     The weakened portion forms a plurality of the through portions radially around the continuous portion,
    The lid body according to claim 6.
  9. 　前記蓋領域対応部は、前記容器の前記縁部で囲まれた開口部よりも小さな開口面積を有する小開口部を有するベース部と、前記小開口部を開閉する小蓋部と、前記ベース部と前記小蓋部とを繋げるヒンジ部とを備え、
    　前記小蓋部は、前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して回動可能に構成されており、
    　少なくとも一部の前記貫通部が、前記小蓋部の外周縁と前記小開口部の開口縁との境界位置に形成されている、
    　請求項３に記載の蓋体。     The lid area corresponding portion includes a base portion having a small opening having a smaller opening area than an opening surrounded by the edge of the container, a small lid portion that opens and closes the small opening, and the base portion. and a hinge portion connecting the small lid portion,
    The small lid part is configured to be rotatable with respect to the base part about the hinge part,
    at least a portion of the penetrating portion is formed at a boundary position between an outer peripheral edge of the small lid portion and an opening edge of the small opening;
    The lid according to claim 3.
  10. 　前記小蓋部の上面側に摘み部が設けられている、
    　請求項９に記載の蓋体。     a knob is provided on the upper surface side of the small lid;
    The lid body according to claim 9.
  11. 　前記摘み部は、タブ部材を有しており、
    　前記タブ部材は、前記小蓋部の上面側に接合されている、
    　請求項１０に記載の蓋体。     The knob has a tab member,
    The tab member is joined to the upper surface side of the small lid part.
    The lid according to claim 10.
  12. 　前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して前記小蓋部を回動して前記小開口部を開放した状態で前記小蓋部を保持する保持構造を有している、
    　請求項９に記載の蓋体。     a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state in which the small opening is opened by rotating the small lid with respect to the base about the hinge;
    The lid body according to claim 9.
  13. 　前記ベース部の外周縁に延出部を形成しており、
    　前記ベース部と前記延出部は、前記ブランク材から一体的に形成されている、
    　請求項９に記載の蓋体。     An extending portion is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base portion,
    The base portion and the extension portion are integrally formed from the blank material,
    The lid body according to claim 9.
  14. 　前記延出部と前記小蓋部の先端との間に前記ヒンジ部が形成されている、
    　請求項１３に記載の蓋体。     the hinge portion is formed between the extending portion and the tip of the small lid portion;
    The lid body according to claim 13.
  15. 　前記ヒンジ部を軸として前記ベース部に対して前記小蓋部を回動して前記小開口部を開放した状態で前記小蓋部を保持する保持構造を有し、
    　前記小蓋部の上面側に摘み部が設けられており、
    　前記摘み部に爪部が設けられ、
    　前記ベース部の外周縁に延出部を形成しており、
    　前記延出部と前記爪部が前記保持構造を形成する、
    　請求項９に記載の蓋体。     a holding structure that holds the small lid in a state in which the small lid is rotated relative to the base part about the hinge part to open the small opening;
    A knob is provided on the upper surface side of the small lid,
    The knob portion is provided with a claw portion,
    An extending portion is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the base portion,
    the extending portion and the claw portion forming the holding structure;
    The lid body according to claim 9.
  16. 　隆起部が形成されている、
    　請求項１に記載の蓋体。     A ridge is formed,
    The lid according to claim 1.
  17. 　少なくとも一部の前記繊維の間に少なくとも一部の前記樹脂材料が含浸されている、
    　請求項１に記載の蓋体。     at least some of the resin material is impregnated between at least some of the fibers;
    The lid according to claim 1.
  18. 　請求項１に記載の蓋体と、
    　前記部を有する前記容器と、を有し、
    　前記蓋体を前記容器に接合した、
    　蓋体付き容器。     The lid body according to claim 1;
    the container having the part;
    the lid body is joined to the container;
    Container with lid.
  19. 　請求項１に記載の蓋体と、
    　前記縁部を有する前記容器と、を有する、
    　蓋体と容器の組み合わせ。     The lid body according to claim 1;
    the container having the edge;
    Combination of lid and container.
  20. 　繊維シートを、樹脂材料を含む浸漬液に浸漬する浸漬工程と、
    　前記浸漬液を含む前記繊維シートを乾燥する乾燥工程と、を含む、
    　蓋体の製造方法。     a dipping step of dipping the fiber sheet in a dipping liquid containing a resin material;
    a drying step of drying the fiber sheet containing the dipping liquid;
    Method of manufacturing the lid.
  21. 　前記乾燥工程の途中または前記乾燥工程の前に、前記浸漬液を含む前記繊維シートを賦形する賦形処理を行う、
    　請求項２０に記載の蓋体の製造方法。     During or before the drying step, performing a shaping treatment to shape the fiber sheet containing the immersion liquid.
    The method for manufacturing a lid according to claim 20.
PCT/JP2023/019455 2022-05-26 2023-05-25 Cover member, container with cover member, combination of cover member and container, and method for producing cover member WO2023228998A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202380009763.XA CN117460679A (en) 2022-05-26 2023-05-25 Lid, container with lid, combination of lid and container, and method for manufacturing lid

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-086457 2022-05-26
JP2022086457 2022-05-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023228998A1 true WO2023228998A1 (en) 2023-11-30

Family

ID=88919413

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/019455 WO2023228998A1 (en) 2022-05-26 2023-05-25 Cover member, container with cover member, combination of cover member and container, and method for producing cover member

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117460679A (en)
WO (1) WO2023228998A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS57163641A (en) * 1981-03-31 1982-10-07 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Vessel cover, which is made of plastic and easily unsealed
JPS608035U (en) * 1983-06-27 1985-01-21 大日本印刷株式会社 packaging material
JP2001315835A (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-11-13 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Lid material for bottomed container
JP2005029917A (en) * 2003-07-10 2005-02-03 Sanaaru:Kk Method for producing laminated formed product
JP2006069654A (en) * 2004-09-06 2006-03-16 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Lid material with function for holding opening condition
JP2009057077A (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Lid material for container
JP2011084329A (en) * 2009-10-19 2011-04-28 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Sealing lid and package using the same
JP2017128100A (en) * 2016-01-22 2017-07-27 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate for lid material, lid material, distribution packaging container, distribution package, and method for producing laminate for lid material

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS57163641A (en) * 1981-03-31 1982-10-07 Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd Vessel cover, which is made of plastic and easily unsealed
JPS608035U (en) * 1983-06-27 1985-01-21 大日本印刷株式会社 packaging material
JP2001315835A (en) * 2000-02-29 2001-11-13 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Lid material for bottomed container
JP2005029917A (en) * 2003-07-10 2005-02-03 Sanaaru:Kk Method for producing laminated formed product
JP2006069654A (en) * 2004-09-06 2006-03-16 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Lid material with function for holding opening condition
JP2009057077A (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Lid material for container
JP2011084329A (en) * 2009-10-19 2011-04-28 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Sealing lid and package using the same
JP2017128100A (en) * 2016-01-22 2017-07-27 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate for lid material, lid material, distribution packaging container, distribution package, and method for producing laminate for lid material

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117460679A (en) 2024-01-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6942285B1 (en) Lid
JP5691153B2 (en) Package with sealing lid
GB2492828A (en) Container and method
JP2019524568A (en) Resealable container with improved resealable adhesive label
WO2016158553A1 (en) Container with built-in straw
WO2023228998A1 (en) Cover member, container with cover member, combination of cover member and container, and method for producing cover member
JP5573091B2 (en) Seal lid and package using the same
JP2006298380A (en) Lid having resealed condition maintaining function
JP5369452B2 (en) Double container
TWM650974U (en) Covers, containers with covers, and combinations of covers and containers
JP7465571B2 (en) Paper-based materials, lids, containers with lids, and combinations of lids and containers
CN114104456A (en) Packaging member and method for manufacturing packaging member
JP5237738B2 (en) Sanitary tissue paper storage box
TWI834021B (en) cover body
CN107922091B (en) Paper container and method for manufacturing the same
JP7450191B2 (en) Lid, combination of container and lid, and container with lid
WO2023249059A1 (en) Lid, container with lid, and combination of lid and container
WO2023243647A1 (en) Paper-based material, lid, container equipped with lid, and combination of lid and container
JP2007308178A (en) Carton for powder and method of manufacturing the same
JP7339460B1 (en) Cover, blank material for cover, combination of cover and container, and container with cover
TWM652070U (en) Lid, container with lid, combination of lid and container
TW202404867A (en) Lid, container with lid, combination of lid and container
JP2022068069A (en) Lid body
TW202404872A (en) cover body
JP2010173729A (en) Hygienic tissue paper storage box

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23811870

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1